Transformer

Questions & Answers

with Explanation
Collected By
KYAW CHO HTOO (AE, DPTSC)
 Transformer Questions & Answers

Transformers Questions and Answers – Basic Materials Used in Transformer Parts

1. The majority of power transformers in use throughout the world are oil filled using a mineral oil.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: In majority power transformers dielectric material used is the oil, which serves the
dual purpose of providing insulation and as a cooling medium to conduct away the losses which
are produced in the transformer in the form of heat.

2. Dielectric mineral oil is used in ____________

a) Small transformers
b) Medium transformers
c) Large transformers
d) In all transformers

Answer: c
Explanation: Because of the fire hazard associated with mineral oil, it has been the practice to use
designs for smaller transformers which do not contain oil. It is usual, therefore, to locate
transformers with mineral oil, out of doors where a fire is more easily dealt with and
consequentially the risks are fewer.

3. The purpose of the transformer core is to provide ____________

a) High reluctance path
b) Low reluctance path
c) High inductive path
d) High capacitive path

Answer: b
Explanation: The purpose of a transformer core is to provide a low-reluctance path for the
magnetic flux linking primary and secondary windings. In doing so, the core experiences iron losses
due to hysteresis and eddy currents flowing within it which, in turn, show themselves as heating of
the core material.

4. Transformer core is designed to reduce ______________

a) Hysteresis loss
b) Eddy current loss
c) Hysteresis loss and Eddy current loss

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 1

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: Hysteresis loss and eddy current loss are the losses which take place in core of the
transformer thus they are also termed as core losses. While other losses take place in winding or in
air gap which can’t be dealt with core design.

5. Transformers windings are generally made of __________

a) Steel
b) Iron
c) Copper
d) Steel iron alloy

Answer: c
Explanation: In order to avoid losses due to loading current, winding materials must be chosen
wisely. Winding conductors are thus made of copper or more precisely saying they are made of
high conductivity copper by some industrial processes.

6. Before using oil in transformers, insulation material was _________

a) Asbestos
b) Cotton
c) Low grade pressboard in air
d) Kraft paper

Answer: d
Explanation: At the time of discovery of transformer, people were using asbestos, cotton, low grade
pressboard in air for insulation purpose. Further, Kraft paper was invented which became much
popular insulation material.

7. Which transformer insulation material is best compare to Kraft paper?

a) Oil
b) Asbestos
c) Low grade pressboard
d) Cotton

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 2

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Newly developed oil-filled transformers have capabilities much greater than those
transformers which used Kraft paper as dielectric material. Also, electrical properties of Kraft paper
depend on physical and chemical properties of paper.

8. Which of the following is not the property of oil that should be fulfilled before using in
transformer?
a) Low viscosity
b) High flash point
c) Low electrical strength
d) High chemical stability

Answer: c
Explanation: There are various important parameters that oil must follow for its use in oil cooled
transformer. These parameters include low viscosity, high stability, high flash point, high electrical
strength, low pour point.

9. Transformer ratings are given in _____________

a) kW
b) kVAR
c) HP
d) kVA

Answer: d
Explanation: There are two types of losses in a transformer, Copper Losses and Iron Losses or Core
Losses or Insulation Losses. Copper losses (I R) depends on current passing through transformer
winding while Iron losses or Core Losses or Insulation Losses depends on Voltage. That’s why the
rating of Transformer is in kVA.

10. Function of transformer is to _________________

a) Convert AC to DC
b) Convert DC to AC
c) Step down or up the DC voltages and currents
d) Step down or up the AC voltages and currents

Answer: d
Explanation: A Transformer does not work on DC and operates only on AC, therefore it Step up of
Step down the level of AC Voltage or Current, by keeping frequency of the supply unaltered on the
secondary side.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 3

 Transformer Questions & Answers

11. What is the dielectric strength of a transformer oil?

a) 1 kV
b) 35 kV
c) 100 kV
d) 330 kV

Answer: b
Explanation: For mineral oil, an accepted minimum dielectric strength is 30 kV for transformers with
a high-voltage rating of 230 kV and above and 27 kV for transformers with a high-voltage rating
below 230 kV. New oil should pass the condition of a minimum dielectric strength of 35 kV by ASTM
methods of testing.

12. Which of the following is not a part of transformer installation?

a) Conservator
b) Breather
c) Buchholz relay
d) Exciter

Answer: d
Explanation: Conservator, breather, Buchholz relay are the parts which are much important in
transformer construction in order to maintain temperature of the transformer and to work
transformer with good efficiency.

13. The insulating material that can withstand the highest temperature safely is _______________
a) Cellulose
b) Asbestos
c) Mica
d) Glass fiber

Answer: c
Explanation: Mica is extremely stable when it is exposed to moisture and extreme temperatures to
maintain superior electrical properties as an insulator. The mechanical properties of mica allow it
to be cut, punched, stamped and machined to close tolerances along with maintenance of a high
thermal conductivity.

14. The part of a transformer which is visible from outside _______________

a) Bushings

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 4

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Core
c) Primary winding
d) Secondary winding

Answer: a
Explanation: Core, primary winding, secondary winding of a transformer are generally kept in
closed container filled with an oil so that, oil acts as a coolant and provides electrical neutrality
also. Thus, only bushings are visible from outside.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformer Construction (Core)

1. Transformer core is generally made of ___________
a) Single block of core material
b) By stacking large number of sheets together
c) Can be made with any of the above method
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: Transformer core experiences eddy current losses when transformer is in the
operations. In order to reduce eddy current losses, it is advisable to use large number of sheets
laminated from each other are stick together than using one single block.

2. Transformer core is constructed for ______________

a) Providing least effective magnetic linkage between two windings
b) Providing isolation between magnetic linkages of one coil from another
c) Providing most effective magnetic linkage between two windings
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: Transformer core is so chosen that it will provide low reluctance path and will transfer
maximum amount of flux from one winding to other, providing most effective magnetic linkage
between two windings.

3. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

a) High frequency power supplies are light weight
b) Transformer size gets reduced at high frequency
c) Transformer size is more at higher frequency
d) High frequency power supplies are light weight and transformer size gets reduced at high
frequency

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 5

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: From the induced emf equation of transformer emf is given by E ∝ φ
f. For same emf,
f = constant φf = φf i.e. B A f = B A f . For constant flux density B = B . A f = A f . For high frequency
φ
f > f , A < A . Thus, at high frequencies transformer size get reduced and also light weight.

4. Transformer operating at 25-400 Hz frequency contain core made of _____________

a) Highly permeable iron
b) Steel alloy
c) Air core
d) Highly permeable iron and Steel alloy

Answer: d
Explanation: When core is made of highly permeable iron or steel alloy (cold-rolled, grain oriented
sheet steel). This transformer is generally called an iron-core transformer. Transformers operated
from 25–400 Hz are invariably of iron-core construction.

5. In various radio devices and testing instruments we use ______________

a) Iron core transformer
b) Air core transformer
c) W/O core transformer
d) Any transformer can be used

Answer: a
Explanation: In special cases, the magnetic circuit linking the windings may be made of
nonmagnetic material, in which case the transformer is referred to as an air-core transformer. The
air-core transformer is of interest mainly in radio devices and in certain types of measuring and
testing instruments.

6. Which type of flux does transformer action need?

a) Constant magnetic flux
b) Increasing magnetic flux
c) Alternating magnetic lux
d) Alternating electric flux

Answer: c
Explanation: The energy transfer in a transformer is from one winding to another, entirely through
magnetic medium it is known as transformer action. Therefore, transformer action requires an

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 6

 Transformer Questions & Answers

alternating or time varying magnetic flux in order to transfer power from primary side to secondary
side. Since induced emf in the winding is due to flux linkage.

7. Different core construction is required for core type and shell type transformer.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: In the “closed-core” type transformer, the primary and secondary windings are wound
outside and surround the core ring. In the “shell type” transformer, the primary and secondary
windings pass inside the steel magnetic circuit (core) which forms a shell around the windings.

8. There is only one magnetic flux path in the circuit. The transformer is definitely
________________
a) Core type
b) Shell type
c) Can be any of the above
d) Depends on other parameters

Answer: a
Explanation: In core type transformer, winding is placed on two core limbs, while in case of shell
type transformer, winding is placed on mid arm of the core. Other limbs will be used as mechanical
support. Core type transformers have only one magnetic flux path.

9. Which of the following is correct statement?

a) Core type transformer has more output than shell type
b) Core type transformer has higher efficiency compare to shell type
c) Core type transformer has lower efficiency than shell type
d) Can’t predict

Answer: c
Explanation: In core type winding is surrounded with considerable part of core whereas in shell
type core is surrounded with considerable part of winding of transformer. In core type output is
less, because of losses. In shell type transformer output is high because of less loss, thus efficiency
will be more in case of shell transformer.

10. Core type transformer is with ____________________

a) Large size

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 7

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Small size
c) High voltage
d) Everywhere

Answer: a
Explanation: Core type is very useful when we need large size of the transformer with operation at
low voltage. While shell type transformer is very useful when we need small size high voltage.
Cooling is more in core type.

11. Which of the following is the correct statement?

a) Shell type has more mechanical protection
b) Cooling is more in shell type
c) In core type sandwiched winding is used
d) In core type concentric winding is used

Answer: d
Explanation: Shell type has less mechanical protection to coil while Core type has better
mechanical protection to coil. Core type is easy to repair and maintain. In core type transformer
concentric cylindrical winding are used. In shell type transformer sandwiched winding are used.

12. What is the purpose of providing an iron core in a transformer?

a) Provide support to windings
b) Reduce hysteresis loss
c) Decrease the reluctance of the magnetic path
d) Reduce eddy current losses

Answer: c
Explanation: Iron core is used in a transformer to carry flux from one winding to another winding,
so there should be minimum opposition to flux passing through iron core. Hence, transformer
function is to decrease the reluctance of magnetic path.

13. What is the thickness of laminations used in a transformer?

a) 0.1 mm to 0.5 mm
b) 4 mm to 5 mm
c) 14 mm to 15 mm
d) 25 mm to 40 mm

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 8

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Laminations are made to reduce the eddy currents and is made of thin strips.
Generally, the steel transformer lamination range for 50 Hz varies from 0.25mm to 0.5mm, if it is a
60 Hz transformer then it ranges from 0.17–0.27mm.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformer Construction (Winding)

1. In the transformer which of the following winding has got more cross-sectional area?
a) Copper winding
b) Steel winding
c) Aluminium winding
d) Iron winding

Answer: a
Explanation: The wire used for carrying current in a transformer winding is either copper or
aluminium. While aluminium wire is lighter and less expensive than copper wire, a larger cross-
sectional area of conductor must be used to carry the same amount of current as with copper.

2. Primary winding of a transformer ______________

a) Is always a high voltage winding
b) Is always a low voltage winding
c) Could either be a low voltage or high voltage winding
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: Primary winding used in a transformer, can be at higher or lower voltage potential,
depending on the number of turns with secondary winding. For step up and step-down
transformers primary winding will be at lower and higher potential respectively.

3. Which winding has more number of turns?

a) Low voltage winding
b) High voltage winding
c) Primary winding
d) Secondary winding

Answer: b
Explanation: High voltage winding always has a large number of turns, as voltage is directly
proportional to the number of turns. If large numbered winding is present on primary side then the
transformer is step down transformer.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 9

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. Part of the transformer which undergoes most damage from overheating is ___________
a) Iron core
b) Copper winding
c) Winding insulation
d) Frame or case

Answer: c
Explanation: Copper windings carry current through them. The heat loss producing in any winding
carrying current is proportional to the square of the current passing through it multiplied with
resistance. For large transformers, current is very high, so heating causes most of the damage to
insulation material.

5. If a transformer is continuously operated the maximum temperature rise will occur in

___________
a) Core
b) Windings
c) Tank
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: Copper windings carry currents in a transformer. The loss in form of heat in copper
winding carrying current is proportional to the square of the current passing through them
multiplied by the resistance of the winding. This loss is dissipated in heat and corresponding
temperature rise.

6. If secondary number of turns are higher then, transformer is called _________

a) Step-down
b) Step-up
c) One-one
d) Autotransformer

Answer: b
Explanation: When secondary number of turns are higher compare to primary, voltage induced in
secondary windings will obviously high. Thus, this transformer is used for stepping up the output
voltage by keeping frequency constant.

7. If primary number of turns are higher then, transformer is called _________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 10

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) Step-down
b) Step-up
c) One-one
d) Autotransformer

Answer: a
Explanation: When primary number of turns are higher compare to secondary, voltage induced in
secondary windings will obviously low compare to primary. Thus, this transformer is used for
stepping down the output voltage by keeping frequency constant.

8. If a transformer is having equal number of turns at primary and secondary then transformer is
called as _______________
a) Step-down
b) Step-up
c) One-one
d) Autotransformer

Answer: c
Explanation: A transformer is having equal number of turns at primary and secondary then
transformer is called as one-one transformer. This transformer have turns ratio equal to 1, so is the
voltage ratio for the one-one transformer.

9. One to one transformers are used because ______________

a) To isolate any part of circuit electrically
b) To get more voltage at secondary
c) To get less voltage at secondary
d) To reduce losses, present in circuit

Answer: a
Explanation: In one to one transformers, we have same number of turns in primary and in
secondary. So, increasing/ reducing voltage is not possible. They are generally used to isolate one
part of circuit from another part of circuit, electrically.

10. Same type and kind of insulations are not used in all types of transformers.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 11

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The windings of huge power transformers use conductors with heavier insulation and
are assembled with greater mechanical support and the winding layers are insulated from each
other, this is known as minor insulation for which pressed board or varnished cloth is used. While
for major insulation and insulating cylinders, they are made of specially selected pressed board or
synthetic resin bounded cylinders, is used between LV and core and LV and HV.

11. Sandwiched type of winding is used in ____________

a) In all transformers
b) In core type transformers
c) In shell type transformers
d) In all transformers except shell and core type transformers

Answer: c
Explanation: According to the construction of transformers core type transformers don’t require
sandwiched wiring. While, in the shell type transformer, the primary and secondary windings pass
inside the steel magnetic circuit (core) which forms a shell around the winding.

Transformers Questions and Answers – CoolingTechniques for Transformer

1. Which is the most common, famous and adopted method of cooling of a power transformer?
a) Air blast cooling
b) Natural air cooling
c) Oil cooling
d) Any of the above method can be used

Answer: c
Explanation: Oil acts as a best coolant material, for transformer cooling. Due to its high efficiency
as a coolant it is most widely used in transformers. Not only same but Oil with suitable properties
can be used for various power transformers according to their ratings.

2. Function of conservator in an electrical transformer is __________

a) Supply cooling oil to transformer in time of need
b) Provide fresh air for cooling the transformer
c) Protect the transformer from damage when oil expends due to heating
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: When transformer is loaded and when ambient temperature rises, the volume of oil
inside transformer increases as oil expands. A conservator tank properly installed on transformer

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 12

 Transformer Questions & Answers

provides required space to this expanded transformer oil. It performs another function as a
reservoir for transformer insulating oil.

3. Natural oil cooling method have some limitations due to which it is adopted for transformers up
to a rating of ____________
a) 3000 kVA
b) 1000 kVA
c) 500 kVA
d) 250 kVA

Answer: a
Explanation: For the transformers in higher kVA ratings can be used with this cooling method. While
transformers having capacity beyond 5 MVA, due to some improper limitations forced cooling is
used. Natural cooling is based on the important phenomenon seen in fluids that when oil is heated
up, moves in upward direction.

4. What is the function of spacers?

a) To insulate the coils from each other
b) To provide free passage to the cooling oil
c) To insulate coils and provide free passage
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: The winding layers of transformer are separated by spacers. One or more spacers are
provided here, along with at least one integrated electrical discharge barrier extending off the
central body of the spacer in the vicinity of the area where the spacer is in contact with a winding.

5. Which of the following is the most important quality required for chemical in breather, so that it
can be used perfectly in an electrical transformer?
a) Ionizing air
b) Absorbing moisture
c) Cleansing the transformer oil
d) Cooling the transformer oil

Answer: b
Explanation: Most of the power generation plants use silica gel breathers fitted to the conservator
of oil filled transformers. The purpose of silica gel breathers is to absorb the moisture in the air
sucked in by the transformer during the breathing process.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 13

 Transformer Questions & Answers

6. Which chemical is used in breather?

a) Asbestos fiber
b) Silica sand
c) Sodium chloride
d) Silica gel

Answer: d
Explanation: In order to absorb moisture from air while breathing process, breather chemical is
used. So, breather chemical should possess the required ability of absorbing moisture. In all
chemicals available as on today, silica gel is most perfect and best material that can be used for
such process.

7. A transformer oil used in an electrical transformer must be free from ________

a) Gases
b) Odour
c) Sludge
d) Moisture

Answer: d
Explanation: Transformer oil serves the purpose of cooling and it also acts as an insulator between
primary and secondary winding, thus it must be free from moisture else it will conduct electric
current through it, leading to failure of a transformer.

8. On which of the following transformer, Buchholz’s relay can be fixed on?

a) Auto-transformers
b) Air-cooled transformers
c) Welding transformers
d) Oil cooled transformers

Answer: d
Explanation: Buchholz relay is used in transformers for protection against all kinds of faults.
Buchholz relay is a famous and mostly used gas-actuated relay, which is installed to serve its best
in oil-immersed transformers. It gives an alarm, via its electrical circuitry, if any fault occurs in the
transformer.

9. Gas is liberated due to temperature limit and due to dissociation of transformer oil
after___________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 14

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) 50°C
b) 80°C
c) 100°C
d) 150°C

Answer: d
Explanation: Gas is usually not liberated due to dissociation of transformer oil. But when the oil
temperature exceeds 150°C, it dissociates and liberates. It is found that hydrogen H and methane
CH are produced in large quantity if internal temperature of transformer rises up to 150 °C to 300 °C
due to abnormal thermal stresses.

10. Buchholz’s relay will give warning and protection against ___________
a) Electrical fault inside the transformer itself
b) Electrical fault outside the transformer in outgoing feeder
c) For both outside and inside faults
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: Buchholz relay is used in transformers for protection against all kinds of faults which
are tend to happen inside a transformer. It is most famous gas-actuated relay which is installed in
an oil-immersed transformer.

11. Which of the following listed component will see and perform according to changes in volume
of transformer cooling oil due to variation of atmospheric temperature during day and night?
a) Conservator
b) Breather
c) Bushings
d) Buchholz relay

Answer: a
Explanation: Conservator is an additional tank provided with transformer which stores oil when it
gets expanded due to temperature rise. It also serves another important purpose that is, as a
reservoir of transformer oil. Thus, at all temperature variations of day and night transformer can
work without any problem.

12. What should be ideal volatility and ideal viscosity of the transformer oil?
a) Low, low
b) High, high

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 15

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) Low, high
d) High, low

Answer: a
Explanation: Transformer oil has a low viscosity, high flash point, high dielectric strength, high
resistivity. It has a low pour point and low volatility with good gas absorbing properties, while It
resists oxidation, sludging and emulsification with water.

13. What is the function of breather in a transformer?

a) To provide oxygen inside the tank
b) To cool the coils during reduced load
c) To cool the transformer oil
d) To arrest flow of moisture when outside air enters the transformer

Answer: d
Explanation: Most of the power generation stations use silica gel breathers fitted to conservator of
oil filled transformers. The most used purpose of these silica gel breathers is to arrest the moisture
when the outside air is sucked in by the transformer during the breathing process.

14. Natural air cooling method can’t be adopted because of some unavoidable effects, beyond
_______
a) 1.5 MVA
b) 5 MVA
c) 15 MVA
d) 50 MVA

Answer: a
Explanation: Smaller size transformers are immersed in a tank containing transformer oil. The
transformer oil because temperature properties, which is surrounding the core and windings gets
heated, expands and moves upwards. It then flows downwards by the inside of tank walls which
cause it to drop temperature and oil goes down to the bottom of the tank from where it rises once
again completing the circulation cycle.

Transformers Questions and Answers – No Load Operation of Transformer

1. What is the no-load current drawn by transformer?
a) 0.2 to 0.5 percent
b) 2 to 5 percent
c) 12 to 15 percent

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 16

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) 20 to 30 per cent

Answer: b
Explanation: The no load current is about 2-5% of the full load current and it accounts for the
losses in a transformer. These no-load losses include core(iron/fixed) losses, which contains eddy
current losses & hysteresis losses and the copper(I2*R) losses due to the no Load current.

2. Purpose of no-load test on a transformer is ___________

a) Copper loss
b) Magnetising current
c) Magnetising current and loss
d) Efficiency of the transformer

Answer: c
Explanation: No-load current is little bit greater than actual magnetizing current. Total no-load
current supplied from the source has two components, one is magnetizing current which is utilized
for magnetizing the core and other component is consumed for compensating the core losses in
transformer.

3. No-load current in a transformer ________________

a) Lags behind the voltage by about 75°
b) Leads the voltage by about 75°
c) Lags behind the voltage by about 15°
d) Leads the voltage by about 15°

Answer: a
Explanation: No-load current lags behind the voltage by an angle which is near to 900. Thus, angle
between no-load current and magnetizing current is very small. No-load current has another
component which is in phase with voltage.

4. Which of the following statement is true for no-load current of the transformer?
a) has high magnitude and low power factor
b) has high magnitude and high power factor
c) has small magnitude and high power factor
d) has small magnitude and low power factor

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 17

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Since no-load current lags voltage by the angle of nearly 900, power factor being
equal to cosine of the angle between current and voltage, it will be equal to value which is near to
0. Thus, power factor will be low.

5. In no-load test we keep secondary terminals __________

a) Shorted
b) Shorted via fixed resistor
c) Open
d) Shorted via variable resistors

Answer: c
Explanation: In no-load test, as we don’t require any load, we are not allowed to connect any
resistor
(fixed/variable) to the transformer secondary. We don’t short the secondary terminals either.

6. Maximum value of flux established in a transformer on load is equal to _________

a) E1/ (4.44*f*N )
b) E1/ (4.44*f*N )
c) E2/ (4.44*f*N )
d) Cannot define

Answer: a
Explanation: E1/ (4.44*f*N ). The emf induced in the primary due to applied voltage to primary
winding is equal to change in flux with respect to time multiplied by number of turns in the
primary. So, by solving this equation we get, E1= (4.44*f*φ
*N ).

7. Induced emf in the primary of transformer is equal to terminal voltage applied at primary.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Induced emf in the primary is approximately equal to the applied voltage. Ideally there
lies a very small difference in the values, but it is neglected because winding resistance in the
transformer is of very small order.

8. For a linear B-H relationship, which option is correct?

a) The exciting current is equal to core loss current
b) The exciting current is equal to magnetizing current

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 18

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) The exciting current is equal to de-magnetizing current

d) The exciting current is equal to cross-magnetizing current

Answer: b
Explanation: For a linear B-H relationship it is assumed that, there are no losses present in the core
like eddy current losses and hysteresis losses are neglected. Thus, core loss current is equal to 0,
which ultimately confirms exciting current is purely magnetizing one.

9. Third harmonic current in transformer at no-load is ______________

a) 3% of exciting current
b) 10% of exciting current
c) 25% of exciting current
d) 35% of exciting current

Answer: d
Explanation: The effect of saturation nonlinearity is to create a family of odd-harmonic
components in the exciting current, the predominant being the third harmonic; this may constitute
as large as 35–40% of the exciting current.

10. Ii in no-load test is responsible for ______________

a) Production of flux
b) Reactive power drawn from the supply
c) Active power drawn from the supply
d) No significance

Answer: c
Explanation: It will be assumed here that the current Io and its magnetizing component Im and its
core-loss component Ii are sinusoidal on equivalent rms basis. In other words, Im is the
magnetizing current and is responsible for the production of flux, while Ii is the core-loss current
responsible for the active power being drawn from the source to provide the hysteresis and eddy-
current loss.

11. The parallel circuit model is drawn because _________________

a) Conductance Gi accounts for core-loss current
b) Inductive susceptance Bm accounts for magnetizing current
c) Gi for core – loss current and Bm for magnetizing current
d) Cannot say

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 19

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: The parallel circuit model of exciting current can be easily imagined wherein
conductance Gi accounts for core-loss current Ii and inductive susceptance Bm for magnetizing
current Im. Both these currents are drawn at induced emf E1 = V1 for resistanceless, no-leakage
primary coil; even otherwise
E1 =V1.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Ideal Transformer

1. A transformer cannot work on the DC supply because __________________
a) There is no need to change the DC voltage
b) A DC circuit has more losses
c) Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction are not valid since the rate of change of flux is zero
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: For DC supply the direction and the magnitude of the supply remains constant,
produced flux will be constant. Thus, rate of change of flux through the windings will be equal to
zero. As a result, voltage at secondary will always be equal to 0.

2. An ideal transformer has infinite primary and secondary inductances.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: The primary and secondary windings have zero resistance. It means that there is no
ohmic power loss and no resistive voltage drop in the ideal transformer. An actual transformer has
finite but small winding resistances.

3. In a transformer the resistance between its primary and secondary is ______________

a) Zero
b) Very small
c) Cannot be predicted
d) Infinite

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 20

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Since the primary and secondary windings are not connected to each other, one can
say there exists the resistance of infinite ohms. These windings are connected to each other
magnetically not electrically.

4. Identify the correct statement relating to the ideal transformer.

a) no losses and magnetic leakage
b) interleaved primary and secondary windings
c) a common core for its primary and secondary windings
d) core of stainless steel and winding of pure copper metal

Answer: a
Explanation: There is no leakage flux so that all the flux is confined to the core and links both the
windings. An actual transformer does have a small amount of leakage flux which can be accounted
in detailed analysis by appropriate circuit modelling.

5. An ideal transformer will have maximum efficiency at a load such that _____________
a) copper loss = iron loss
b) copper loss < iron loss
c) copper loss > iron loss
d) cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: Maximum efficiency of a transformer is defined at the that values when, copper losses
become completely equal to the iron losses. In all other cases the efficiency will be lower than the
maximum value.

6. Which of the following statement regarding an ideal single-phase transformer is incorrect?

Transformer is having a turn ratio of 1: 2 and drawing a current of 10 A from 200 V AC supply is
incorrect?
a) It’s a step-up transformer
b) Its secondary voltage is 400 V
c) Its rating is 2 kVA
d) Its secondary current is 20 A

Answer: d
Explanation: Since turns ratio is equal to 1:2 the transformer will give higher voltage at secondary
with respect to the primary voltage, and current in secondary thus will be halved. In last option
current is doubled which is opposite to the ratings given.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 21

 Transformer Questions & Answers

7. Ideal transformer core has permeability equal to _____

a) Zero
b) Nonzero finite
c) Negative
d) Infinite

Answer: d
Explanation: The core has infinite permeability so that zero magnetizing current is needed to
establish the requisite amount of flux in the core. The core-loss (hysteresis as well as eddy-current
loss) is considered zero.

8. Turns ratio of the transformer is directly proportional to ____________

a) Resistance ratio
b) Currents ratio
c) Voltage ratio
d) Not proportional to any terms

Answer: c
Explanation: According to the voltage expression, emf induced in the primary is directly
proportional to the change in the flux with respect to the time and number of turns of the primary
winding. Similarly, for secondary winding.

9. Which of the following statement is correct regarding turns ratio?

a) Current ratio and turns ratio are inverse of each other
b) Current ratio is exactly same to the voltage ratio
c) Currents ratio is exactly same to the turns ratio
d) Voltage ratio and turns ratio are inverse of each other

Answer: a
Explanation: Voltage ratio of transformer winding is exactly similar to the turns ratio of transformer,
while voltage ratio and turns ratio is exactly inverse of the currents ratio. Hence, by knowing any of
these quantities on can identify the type of transformer.

10. Which of the following is the expression for emf induced in primary with voltage applied to
primary of an ideal transformer?
a) e=V
b) V= √2*e*cos ω
t
c) e= √2*V*cos ω
t

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 22

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Cannot say

Answer: c
Explanation: For an ideal transformer having a primary of N1 turns and a secondary of N2 turns on
a common magnetic core. The voltage of the source to which the primary is connected is v = √2 V
cos wt. while the secondary is initially assumed to be an open circuited. As a consequence, flux f is
established in the core such that e = v = N1 dφ
/dt.

11. Which of the following is the wrong expression?

a) i N =i N
b) i v =i v
c) i N2=i N
d) v N =v N

Answer: c
Explanation: According to the transformation ratio, current flowing through the transformer is
inversely proportional to the number turns of winding and voltage applied across it. While, voltage
applied is directly proportional to the number of turns.

12. For transformer given, turns ratio is equal to a, what will be the impedance of primary with
respect to secondary?
a) a times the secondary impedance
b) a times secondary impedance
c) secondary impedance/a
d) secondary impedance/a

Answer: d
Explanation: The ratio of impedances on primary to the secondary is directly proportional to the
inverse of square of turns ratio of transformer. Hence primary impedance to the secondary
impedance ratio will be 1/ a.

13. Power transformed in the ideal transformer with turns ratio a is _______
a) a times primary
b) a times primary
c) primary power/a
d) primary power

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 23

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: In an ideal transformer, voltages are transformed in the direct ratio of turns, currents
in the inverse ratio and impedances in the direct ratio squared; while power and VA remain
unaltered. Thus, primary power= secondary power.

14. For a transformer with primary turns 100, secondary turns 400, if 200 V is applied at primary we
will get ___________
a) 80 V at secondary
b) 800 V at secondary
c) 1600 V at secondary
d) 3200 V at secondary

Answer: b
Explanation: Voltage in the primary of the transformer will get modified in the transformer
secondary, according to the number of turns. Thus, turns are modified with 4 times the primary,
we’ll get 4 times higher voltage at secondary.

15. For a transformer with primary turns 400, secondary turns 100, if 20A current is flowing through
primary, we will get ___________
a) 80A at secondary
b) 5A at secondary
c) 800A at secondary
d) 40A at secondary

Answer: a
Explanation: Current in the primary of the transformer will get modified in the transformer
secondary, according to the number of turns, in inverse proportion. Thus, turns are modified with
1/4 times the primary, we’ll get 4 times higher current at secondary.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Real Transformer and Equivalent Circuit

1. When does transformer breath in?
a) load on it increases
b) load on it decreases
c) load remains constant
d) cannot be determined

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 24

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Transformer in the low loading condition, also called extreme condition (lower
temperature), oil inside contracts and then air is taken inside thus breath in to main via the balloon
like structure through silica gel breather.

2. A transformer transforms ________________

a) voltage
b) current
c) power
d) frequency

Answer: c
Explanation: Since, in a transformer voltage and current is changed according to the number of
turns simultaneously, we call that power is transformed, though the magnitude remains same.
Frequency is kept constant.

3. Greater the secondary leakage flux ___________

a) less will be the secondary induced emf
b) less will be the primary induced emf
c) less will be the primary terminal voltage
d) cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: Since emf induced in the transformer coils is directly proportional to the change in the
flux with respect to time, we can say that if flux reduces the change in flux after some time will be
less which will induce less voltage in secondary.

4. Which of the following is not the purpose of iron core in a step-up transformer?
a) to provide coupling between primary and secondary
b) to increase the magnitude of mutual flux
c) to decrease the magnitude of magnetizing current
d) to provide all above features

Answer: c
Explanation: In real transformers, the two coils are generally wound onto the same iron core. The
purpose of the iron core is to provide the path for the magnetic flux generated by the current
flowing around the primary coil, so that as much of it as possible also links the secondary coil, with
minimum losses.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 25

 Transformer Questions & Answers

5. In a transformer the tappings are generally provided on

a) Primary side
b) Secondary side
c) Low voltage side
d) Can be connected to any side

Answer: d
Explanation: The turns ratio is different with different tappings and hence different voltages are
obtained with different tappings adjustment. The tappings are placed either on high voltage or low
voltages or sometimes on both high and low voltage windings to get required output.

6. Helical coils can be used at _____________

a) low voltage side of high kVA transformers
b) high frequency transformers
c) high voltage side of small capacity transformer
d) high voltage side of high kVA rating transformers

Answer: a
Explanation: Helical winding is used for low voltage and high current winding of large generator
transformers. Due to its distinct design that is spiral form, small number of turns and high current,
some additional eddy-current losses may happen in winding.
7. In real transformer, primary winding has _________
a) Infinite resistance
b) Zero resistance
c) Some finite resistance
d) Cannot say

Answer: c
Explanation: For a real transformer on load, both the primary and secondary have finite resistances
which are uniformly spread throughout the winding. These resistances give rise to associated
copper (I R) losses.

8. Both resistances and leakage reactances of the transformer windings are __________
a) Series effects
b) Parallel effects
c) Series-parallel effects
d) Cannot say

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 26

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Both resistances and leakage reactances of the transformer windings are series effects
and for low operating frequencies at which the transformers are commonly employed (power
frequency operation is at 50 Hz only), these can be regarded as lumped parameters.

9. To convert an ideal transformer into a practical transformer we add ____________

a) Primary winding resistance and secondary winding resistance
b) Primary winding leakage reactance and secondary winding leakage reactance
c) Primary winding resistance, leakage and secondary winding leakage reactance
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: We consider all resistances i.e. of primary and secondary as series parameters of
equivalent circuit of transformer, while all leakage reactances are also connected into the circuit as
series parameters.

10. Parallel parameters in a transformer equivalent circuit contains ___________

a) G and B
b) R and X
c) R and X
d) Cannot be determined
Answer: a
Explanation: Primary and secondary resistances and leakage reactances are the series parameters
in the transformer equivalent circuit. So, these are not included in parallel parameters. Parallel
parameters contain Gi and Bm in which current Ii and Im flows respectively.

11. When does capacitor is included in equivalent circuit of transformer?

a) Transformer of very high VA rating
b) Transformer with very high frequency operation
c) Transformer with less VA
d) Never

Answer: b
Explanation: The passive lumped T-circuit representation of a transformer discussed above is
adequate for most power and radio frequency transformers. In transformers operating at higher
frequencies, the inter-winding capacitances are often significant and must be included in the
equivalent circuit.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 27

 Transformer Questions & Answers

12. The size of a transformer core will depend on _____________

a) frequency
b) area of the core
c) flux density of the core material
d) frequency and area of the core

Answer: d
Explanation: According to the frequency of transformer size of the core of transformer changes.
While area of core also depends upon many parameters like operating voltage, capacity of
transformer, hence all these contribute to the size of the core.

13. A single phase transformer has specifications as 250 KVA, 11000 V/415 V, 50 Hz. What are the
values of primary and secondary currents?
a) Primary current = 602.4A, Secondary current = 22.7A
b) Secondary current = 202.7A, Primary current = 602.4A
c) Primary current = 22.7A, Secondary current = 602.4A
d) Primary current = 11.35A, Secondary current = 301.2A

Answer: c
Explanation: Primary current is defined as the ratio of rated capacity of transformer to the rated
primary voltage of the transformer. Rated primary current= Rated power/voltage= 250000/11000=
22.7 A. Similarly calculating for secondary current gives secondary current = 602.4A.

14. A 25 KVA transformer is constructed to a turns ratio of N1/N2 = 10. The impedance of primary
winding is 3+j5 ohms and of secondary winding is 0.5+j0.8 ohms. What will be the impedance of
transformer when referred to primary?
a) 53j + 85 ohms
b) 53 + 85j ohms
c) 3.5 + 5.8j ohms
d) Can’t be calculated

Answer: b
Explanation: Given turns ratio is 10. Thus, secondary resistance when referred to the primary is
equal to k *Z , so net impedance on primary is equal to primary impedance + k^2*Z2 . Substituting
all the terms we get net impedance = 53 + 85j ohms.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 28

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Transformers Questions and Answers – Approximate Circuit of Transformer

1. If R is the resistance of secondary winding of an electrical transformer and K is the
transformation ratio then the equivalent secondary resistance referred to primary will be
_________
a) R/VK
b) R/K
c) R /K
d) R /K

Answer: b
Explanation: Resistances or more precisely impedances are transformed in the ratio of inverse
square of the transformation ratio or turns ratio. Thus, primary to secondary resistance is equal to
reciprocal of square of turns ratio.

2. The use of higher flux density in the transformer design ________________

a) reduces weight per kVA
b) reduces iron losses
c) reduces copper losses
d) increases part load efficiency

Answer: a
Explanation: If a material is having higher flux density it will store and transfer maximum amount of
flux from primary to secondary, which will be very helpful as less core material will be required and
weight per KVA will get reduced.

3. The value of flux involved in the emf equation of a transformer is _______________

a) average value
b) rms value
c) maximum value
d) instantaneous value

Answer: c
Explanation: In the emf equation flux involved is maximum flux. Thus, here we can conclude that as
flux increase/decrease emf at the secondary also increases/decreases. Emf varies according to the
AC wave input.

4. Which winding of the transformer has less cross-sectional area?

a) Primary winding

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 29

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Secondary winding
c) Low voltage winding
d) High voltage winding

Answer: d
Explanation: Winding having less cross-sectional area may be primary or secondary winding. For
high voltage winding cross sectional area is less while for low voltage winding cross sectional are is
more, due to inverse proportionality.

5. In constant frequency (50 Hz) power transformers, approximate form is used with ___________
a) πequivalent model
b) T equivalent model
c) πand T equivalent both
d) Another model

Answer: b
Explanation: In constant frequency (50 Hz) power transformers, approximate forms of the exact
Tcircuit equivalent of the transformer are commonly used. Thus, we lump all series parameters of
the circuit on either side of T circuit.

6. Exciting current in an electrical transformer will not be affected much if primary is excited with E
rather than V.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Since winding resistances and leakage reactances are very small, V1 = E1 even under
conditions of load. Therefore, the exciting current drawn by the magnetizing branch (Gi || Bm)
would not be affected significantly by shifting it to the input terminals, i.e. it is now excited by V1
instead of E1.

7. In approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer _______________

a) All resistances and inductances are lumped before magnetizing branch
b) All resistances and inductances are lumped after magnetizing branch
c) Resistances and inductances aren’t changed
d) Any of the above will work

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 30

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Since Io is very small compare to like about 5-10% of full load current, voltage drop
can be approximated to very large extent. These all resistances and inductances are in series,
combined with each other to give approximate equivalent circuit.

8. Final approximate equivalent circuit contains _________

a) Only equivalent X series branch
b) Only equivalent Z series branch
c) Only equivalent R series branch
d) Any of the above

Answer: a
Explanation: We combine all series parameters of equivalent circuit together to get approximate
equivalent circuit of the transformer, where we assume that equivalent resistance is zero as it is
negligible, and parallel branch is removed.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Phasor Diagrams of Equivalent and Approximate Model
1. Which of the following is not considered in the standard voltage scale for power supply in
Myanmar?
a) 11kV
b) 33kV
c) 66kV
d) 122kV

Answer: d
Explanation: All the transformers that are used in power system analysis have their secondary
voltages equal to 11kV, 33kV, 66kV, etc. As this voltage ranges are commonly used in transmission
lines, 122kV is the wrong option.

2. The maximum load that a power transformer can carry is limited because of its ___________
a) temperature rise
b) dielectric strength of oil
c) voltage ratio
d) copper loss

Answer: c
Explanation: One can increase the dielectric strength of oil, by changing the oil. Similarly,
temperature rise and copper losses can also be controlled by using various techniques. The only
thing which is constant is voltage ratio which can’t be altered.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 31

 Transformer Questions & Answers

3. The voltage transformation ratio of a transformer is defined as ratio of _____________

a) primary turns to secondary turns
b) secondary current to primary current
c) secondary induced emf to primary induced emf
d) secondary terminal voltage to primary applied voltage

Answer: c
Explanation: Voltage transformation ratio is equal to secondary induced emf to the primary induced
emf. While the secondary and primary voltage induced are different from emfs as these are emf
minus the losses in the line.

4. If a transformer is made to run on to a voltage which is more than the rated voltage
_______________
a) its power factor will deteriorate
b) its power factor will increase
c) its power factor will remain unaffected
d) its power factor will be zero

Answer: a
Explanation: Every electric device works in appropriate condition with maximum output and
minimum losses when it is operated at rated conditions. Thus, if transformer is made to run at
higher operating voltage its power factor will deteriorate.

5. Which of the following equation correctly represents the exact phasor diagram of transformer?
a) V =E +I R +jI X
b) V =E +I R +jI X
c) V =E +I R +jI X
d) V =E -I R +jI X
Answer: a
Explanation: According to the primary and secondary equivalent circuits of a transformer equation
stated in option 1 correctly suits with the kirchoff’s voltage law for primary side of a transformer,
similarly equation for secondary side can also be written down.

6. Approximate phasor diagram of a transformer is based on _____________

a) V =E +I R +jI X
b) V =E +I R +jI X
c) V =V +I +jI

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 32

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) V =E +I R +jI X

Answer: c
Explanation: Approximate equivalent circuit of a transformer neglects the middle branch of
transformer equivalent circuit’ which makes transformer circuit even more simpler. Then, all
resistances (though they are negligible) are summed up as R and similarly all reactance as X.

7. Hysteresis loss and eddy current loss is directly proportional to __________

a) f and f
b) f and f
c) f and f
d) f and f

Answer: a
Explanation: Hysteresis loss is directly proportional to frequency according to Steinmetz’s formula.
While eddy current losses are directly proportional to square of flux density, thickness, frequency.
Both losses are load independent.

8. What will happen to hysteresis loss if voltage is doubled, load is doubled and frequency is
halved?
a) Will be twice
b) Will be halved
c) Will remain same
d) Will be four times

Answer: c
Explanation: Hysteresis loss is directly proportional to voltage and frequency as well. It is load
independent. Thus by doing voltage twice and frequency half of the original value we will get same
hysteresis loss.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformer Losses

1. In a given transformer for given applied voltage, which of the following losses remain constant
irrespective of load changes?
a) Friction and windage losses
b) Copper losses
c) Hysteresis and eddy current losses
d) Cannot be determined

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 33

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: Hysteresis and eddy current losses together called as core-loss in a transformer. These
losses remain constant for constant voltage and frequency applied to a transformer, these
components remain same irrespective of load.

2. On which of the following degree of mechanical vibrations produced by the laminations of a

transformer depends?
a) Tightness of clamping
b) Gauge of laminations
c) Size of laminations
d) Tightness of clamping, gauge and size of laminations

Answer: d
Explanation: Mechanical vibrations produced in a transformer are directly effective due to the
tightness of the clamping, gauge og laminations, size of laminations as well. There are various
methods in order to reduce their effects.

3. Variations in a hysteresis loss in a transformer (Bmax = maximum flux density) ____________

a) Bmax
b) Bmax^1.6
c) Bmax^3.83
d) Bmax/2

Answer: b
Explanation: According to Steinmetz’s formula, the heat energy dissipated due to hysteresis is given
by
Wh=η
βmax , and hysteresis loss is thus given by Ph≈ Whf ≈ηfβ
max . That exponetital term varies
from 1.4 -1.8 and is equal to 1.6 for iron.

4. Leakage flux in the transformer depends on _____________________

a) Load current
b) Load current and voltage
c) Load current, voltage and frequency
d) Load current, voltage, frequency and power factor

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 34

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Leakage flux is directly proportional to the current, as if is current increased net value
of flux increases thus, flux leakage also increases which further contribute to the losses as it is then
not able to link with secondary windings .

5. The full-load copper loss of a transformer is 1600 W. At half-load, the copper loss will be _______
a) 6400 W
b) 1600 W
c) 800 W
d) 400 W

Answer: d
Explanation: Copper losses are defined as I2*R losses many times, as they are directly proportional
to the square of current flowing through them. Thus, copper losses will reduce if load is reduced
that too in square proportion.

6. Silicon steel used in laminations, because it reduces ________________

a) Hysteresis loss
b) Eddy current losses
c) Copper losses
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: Electrical steels are also known as lamination steel or silicon steel. The main special
thing related to the silicon steel is, its magnetic properties such as small hysteresis area and hence,
small energy dissipation per cycle, thus low core loss.

7. If the supply frequency to the transformer is increased, the iron loss will ___________
a) Not change
b) Decrease
c) Increase
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: As frequency increases, the flux density in the core decreases but as the iron loss is
directly proportional to the frequency hence effect of increased frequency will be reflected in
increase of the iron losses.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 35

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. Which of the following can measure iron loss of a transformer?

a) Low power factor wattmeter
b) Unity power factor wattmeter
c) Frequency meter
d) Any type of wattmeter

Answer: a
Explanation: As the secondary side is open in OC, the entire coil will be purely inductive in nature.
So, the power will be lagging due to inductive property of the circuit. So LPF (Low power factor)
wattmeter is used in open circuit test of transformer.

9. How reduction in core losses and increase in permeability can be obtained simultaneously in a
transformer?
a) Core built-up of laminations of cold rolled grain oriented steel
b) Core built-up of laminations of hot rolled sheet
c) Cannot be determined
d) Frequency Meter

Answer: a
Explanation: CRGO is supplied by the producing mills in coil form and has to be cut into
laminations, which are then used in transformer core, which is an integral part of any transformer.
Grain-oriented steel is used in large power, distribution transformers and in certain audio output
transformers also.

10. Losses which occur in rotating electric machines and do not occur in transformer are ______
a) Friction and windage losses
b) Magnetic losses
c) Hysteresis and eddy current losses
d) Copper losses

Answer: a
Explanation: Windage and friction losses occur in rotating parts of a machine generally in rotor of
the machine, thus they will never occur in transformer, as transformer does not contain any
rotating part at its secondary unlike induction motor.

11. In a given transformer for a given applied voltage, which losses remain constant irrespective of
load changes?
a) Hysteresis and eddy current losses

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 36

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Friction and windage losses

c) Copper losses
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: Hysteresis and eddy current losses are voltage and frequency dependent losses that
too from primary side thus, load change will not make any effect on these losses and they will
remain constant as long as voltage and frequency is constant.

12. Which of the following loss in a transformer is zero even at full load?
a) Core loss
b) Friction loss
c) Eddy current loss
d) Hysteresis loss

Answer: b
Explanation: Friction losses are involved with rotating parts of a machine. Since in a transformer all
parts are stationary, friction losses will always be equal to zero, irrespective of the loading
condition.

13. A shell-type transformer has __________

a) High eddy current losses
b) Reduced magnetic leakage
c) Negligible hysteresis losses
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: Since windings are brought closer in shell type compare to core type transformer,
leakage of flux is very less in shell type transformer. Most of the flux gets linked with both of the
coils though there is some leakage which can’t be avoided.

Transformers Questions and Answers – OC Test on Transformer

1. During open circuit test (OC) of a transformer _____________
a) primary is supplied rated kVA
b) primary is supplied full-load current
c) primary is supplied current at reduce
d voltage
d) primary is supplied rated voltage

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 37

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: Open circuit test is normally conducted on rated voltage because any machine is
constructed to give maximum efficiency near rated value. Hence, it is operated at rated voltage,
and we have to perform the test on machine is to be used.

2. Open circuit test on transformers is conducted so as to get ______________

a) Hysteresis losses
b) Copper losses
c) Core losses
d) Eddy current losses

Answer: c
Explanation: Open circuit test gives the core losses also called as iron losses and shunt parameters
of the equivalent circuit of transformer. Open circuit test and short circuit test both provide all the
parameters of equivalent circuit.

3. Why OC test is performed on LV side?

a) Simple construction
b) Less voltage is required and parameters can be transformed to HV side
c) It’ll not give losses ig conducted on HV side
d) HV side does not have connections for voltage

Answer: b
Explanation: Open circuit test can be performed on any side but for our convenience and supply
voltage available we generally conduct the test on LV side, to get corresponding parameters on HV
side we can use transformation ratio.

4. In OC test all the power supplied is utilised for ______

a) Core losses
b) Iron losses
c) Windage losses
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: In open circuit test all the power supplied is used to overcome iron losses and hence,
by taking the reading of input power one can easily do the calculations to find shunt parameters of
equivalent circuit of transformer.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 38

 Transformer Questions & Answers

5. How shunt branch component Gi is calculated?

a) Po/v1
b) V1/Io
c) Io/ V
d) Any of the above

Answer: a
Explanation: Shunt branch resistance inverse is denoted by Gi. This Gi can be calculated by the
power drop taking place in the resistance divided by square of the voltage applied across the
resistor. Current by voltage will give net admittance.

6. Which of the following statements is/are correct statements?

a) EMF per turn in LV winding is more than EMF per turn in LV winding
b) EMF per turn in LV winding is less than EMF per turn in LV winding
c) EMF per turn in HV winding is equal to EMF per turn in LV winding
d) Can’t comment

Answer: c
Explanation: In a transformer, primary volt-ampere is equal to secondary volt-ampere and primary
ampere turns are also equal to secondary ampere turns So, EMF per turn in both the winding are
equal. Total induced emf on both sides depends on the number of turns, flux and frequency.

7. If the applied voltage of a transformer is increased by 50% and the frequency is reduced by 50%,
the maximum flux density will _____________
a) Changes to three times the original value
b) Changes to 1.5 times the original value
c) Changes to 0.5 times the original value
d) Remains the same as the original value

Answer: a
Explanation: Magnetic flux density αβ
/A. Magnetic flux φαV/f. φ
2/ φ
1 = V2/V1 * f1/f2. Since voltage
is increased by 50%, V2 thus becomes 1.5 times V1 and frequency becomes 0.5 times the original
frequency. Thus, maximum flux density changes to 3 times the original value.

8. The total core loss can be termed as ____________

a) Eddy current loss
b) Hysteresis loss

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 39

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) Copper loss
d) Magnetic loss

Answer: d
Explanation: The total core loss is due to iron core or any core material used. As iron loss is
proportional to magnetic flux density or flux, these are also called as magnetic loss. The total core
loss or magnetic loss in any given transformer totally consists of eddy current loss and hysteresis
loss.

9. 2 KVA, 230 V, 50 Hz single phase transformer has an eddy current loss of 40 watts. The eddy
current loss when the transformer is excited by a dc source of same voltage will be ___________
a) Equal to 40W
b) Less than 40W
c) More than 40W
d) Zero watts

Answer: d
Explanation: Eddy current loss is directly proportional to the frequency^2. So, for DC current
frequency is equal to 0 Hz. Thus, eddy current losses being directly proportional to square of
frequency they’ll be equal to 0.

10. Which of the following is the correct formula for Bm?

a) Bm= (Yo2-Gi2)
b) Bm= (Yo2+Gi2)
c) Bm= (Yo2-Gi2)
d) Bm= (Yo2+Gi2)

Answer: a
Explanation: We get the value of Y0 from the no-load current and voltage reading as, Io/V1.
Similalry we get the value of Gi from output power and voltage reading as, Po/V1. It then follows
that,
Bm= (Yo2-Gi2)(0.5).

11. How shunt branch component Y0 is calculated?

a) I0/V1
b) V1/I0
c) P0/V1
d) Cannot be determined

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 40

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Shunt branch admittance is defined as inverse of shunt branch impedance. As
we know, impedance can be calculated by the simple ohm’s law; admittance is equal to the
inverse of the impedance.

Transformers Questions and Answers – SC Test on Transformer

1. While conducting short-circuit test on a transformer which side is short circuited?
a) High voltage side
b) Low voltage side
c) Primary side
d) Secondary side

Answer: b
Explanation: It’s a common practice to conduct SC test from HV side, while keeping LV side short
circuited. Thus, short circuited current is made to flow from shorted low voltage terminals i.e. LV
side.

2. During short circuit test why iron losses are negligible?

a) The current on secondary side is negligible
b) The voltage on secondary side does not vary
c) The voltage applied on primary side is low
d) Full-load current is not supplied to the transformer

Answer: c
Explanation: Very small amount of voltage is given to the transformer primary thus the magnetic
losses which are dependent on magnetic flux density will get minimum value, hence iron losses are
negligible.

3. Short circuit test on transformers is conducted to determine ______

a) Core losses
b) Copper losses
c) Hysteresis losses
d) Eddy current losses

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 41

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Short circuit test is used to determine the copper losses taking place in the
transformer under operation, while open circuit test gives us the value of core losses taking place
in the transformer.

4. When a short circuit test on a transformer is performed at 25 V, 50 Hz, the drawn current is I1. If
the test is performed by 25 V and 25 Hz and power drawn current is I2, then
a) I > I
b) I < I
c) I = I
d) Can’t be defined

Answer: b
Explanation: Current by ohm’s law is equal to voltage divided by impedance. So, I=V/Z. Here Z is
inductive load, thus Z= 2π
fL. So as the frequency decreases the impedance also decreases and
ultimately it reduces the denominator term causing increase in current.

5. Why SC test is not conducted on LV side?

a) Difficult to arrange low voltage supply
b) Difficult to arrange high current supply
c) Difficult to arrange low voltage and high current supply to the LV
d) SC test on LV does not give correct results

Answer: c
Explanation: If rated voltages and power is considered we need only 5% of rated voltage to be
applied at on HV side, while by calculations current requirement is also less. For the same test on
LV side though voltage required is less compare to HV side, current required is very high.

6. SC test gives ______________

a) Series parameters of equivalent circuit
b) Parallel parameters of equivalent circuit
c) Both parameters of equivalent circuit
d) Neither series nor parallel parameter of equivalent circuit

Answer: a
Explanation: Short circuit test gives the copper losses; these losses are taken into consideration by
series parameters of the equivalent circuit. While, Open circuit test gives us iron losses; which are
shown by parallel components of equivalent circuit.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 42

 Transformer Questions & Answers

7. For 200kVA, 440/6600-V transformer, short circuit test on the LV side would require ______
a) 22V
b) 330V
c) 44V
d) Can’t be calculated

Answer: a
Explanation: For a given transformer SC test is conducted on LV side, thus we’ll use 5% of rated
voltage on the low voltage side. Hence, 5% of 440V calculation gives the value of 440*5/100= 22V on
LV side.

8. For a transformer given of 100 kVA, 220/6000-V transformer, short circuit test is performed. What
current rating is needed?
a) 30A
b) 445A
c) 60A
d) Can’t be calculated

Answer: b
Explanation: For a given transformer here, test is performed on low voltage side, thus we need the
value of current on the low voltage side, by dividing the reactive power by the rated voltage value,
i.e. 200*1000/100= 445A.

9. What will be the value of voltage and current for a given transformer of 10 MVA, 220/4400-V
which we are about to perform the Short circuit test?
a) 220 V, 30 A
b) 220 V, 2.27A
c) 440 V, 30 A
d) 440 V, 2.27A

Answer: b
Explanation: Since short circuit test is always done on the HV side unless mentioned specifically,
thus values are calculated with HV side parameters. Voltage required on HV side = 4400*5/100 = 220
V and 10*1000/4400= 2.27A.

10. We only get copper losses from the short circuit test.
a) True
b) False

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 43

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Since the transformer is excited at very low voltage, the iron-loss is negligible
(that is why shunt branch is left out), the power input corresponds only to the copper-loss, i.e.
PSC = PC (copper-loss).
11. With the help of short circuit calculations we get value of ____________
a) Individual resistance and inductance of both sides
b) Resistance and inductance of primary side
c) Resistance and inductance of primary side
d) Combined resistance and inductance of both sides

Answer: d
Explanation: Short calculations include the ratio of short circuited voltage to the shortcircuited
current which gives Z value, similarly the R value is calculated by dividing the Shortcircuited power
with short circuited current square. Then, X is calculated for whole circuit.

12. Short circuit test is performed on a transformer with a certain impressed voltage at rated
frequency. What will happen if the short circuit test is now performed with the same magnitude of
impressed voltage, but at frequency higher than the rated frequency?
a) The magnitude of current will increase, but power factor will decrease
b) The magnitude of current will decrease, but power factor will increase
c) The magnitude of current will increase, power factor will increase
d) The magnitude of current will decrease, power factor will decrease

Answer: d
Explanation: Since frequency has been increased, the leakage reactance will increase. Which will
increase the impedance. Thus, current will be less due to inverse proportionality and power factor
will be poorer.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Sumpner’s Test

1. Sumpner’s test is conducted on transformers to study effect of ____________
a) Temperature
b) Stray losses
c) All-day efficiency
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: Sumpner’s test is the test which is used to determine the steady temperature rise if
the transformer was fully loaded continuously; this is so because under each of these tests the

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 44

 Transformer Questions & Answers

power loss to which the transformer is subjected is either the core-loss or copper-loss but not
both.

2. Which of the following tests are enough to find all the parameters related to a transformer?
a) OC test
b) OC, SC test
c) OC, SC, Sumpner’s test
d) Sumpner’s test

Answer: c
Explanation: While OC and SC tests on a transformer yield its equivalent circuit parameters, these
cannot be used for the ‘heat run’ test wherein the purpose is to determine the steady temperature
rise if the transformer was fully loaded continuously.

3. Sumpner’s test is performed on _________

a) Single transformer at a time
b) Only two transformers at a time
c) Minimum 2 transformers at a time
d) Many transformers at a time

Answer: b
Explanation: Sumpner’s test is used to determine the effect of transformer on loaded condition.
Thus, two transformers are tested simultaneously, where one simply acts as a load to another
transformer.

4. In Sumpner’s test __________

a) Primaries can be connected in either way
b) Primaries are connected in parallel with each other
c) Primaries of both transformers are connected in series with each other
d) No need to connect primaries

Answer: b
Explanation: Sumpner’s test is also called as back-to-back test, where two transformers are used
where one transformer acts as a load to another transformer. Primaries of both of the transformers
used in a test, are connected in parallel with each other.

5. Which test is sufficient for efficiency of two identical transformers under load conditions?
a) Short-circuit test

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 45

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Back-to-back test
c) Open circuit test
d) Any of the above

Answer: b
Explanation: Open circuit test and short circuit test collectively gives the value of all parameters of
an equivalent circuit of a transformer. While Sumpner’s back-to-back test gives the heat run effect
of machine by considering rise in temperature.

6. In Sumpner’s test _____________

a) Two secondaries are connected in phase opposition
b) Two secondaries are connected in phase addition
c) Can be connected in either way
d) Never connected with each other

Answer: a
Explanation: In conducting Sumpner’s test two primaries are connected in parallel to the rated
voltage supply and secondaries are connected in phase opposition. For the secondaries to be in
phase opposition rated secondary voltage across the terminals to be zero.

7. When secondaries are connected in phase opposition, power drawn by the circuit is equal to
___________
a) 2*P
b) Pi
c) Pi
d) 2*Pc

Answer: a
Explanation: If V source is assumed shorted, the two transformers appear in open circuit to source
V as their secondaries are in phase opposition and therefore no current can flow in them. The
current drawn from source V is thus 2I0 and power is 2P0 = 2Pi, twice the core-loss of each
transformer.

8. When the AC supply at the primary side of a transformer are shorted, power drawn by the circuit
is equal to ___________
a) 2*PC
b) 2*Pi
c) 2*PC + 2*Pi

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 46

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Can’t be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: When the ac supply (10) terminals are shorted, the transformers are series connected
across V2 supply and are short-circuited on the side of primaries. Therefore, the impedance seen at
V is 2Z and when V is adjusted to circulate full-load current (If ), the power fed in is 2PC (twice the
full-load copper-loss of each transformer).

9. Total power required for Sumpner’s test is given by ________

a) PC + Pi
b) PC + 2Pi
c) 2PC + Pi
d) 2(PC + Pi)

Answer: d
Explanation: In the Sumpner’s test while the transformers are not supplying any load, full ironloss
occurs in their cores and full copper-loss occurs in their windings; net power input to the
transformers being (2P0 + 2Pc). The heat run test could, therefore, be conducted on the two
transformers, while only losses are supplied.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Efficiency

1. When will be the efficiency of a transformer maximum?
a) Copper losses = hysteresis losses
b) Hysteresis losses = eddy current losses
c) Eddy current losses = copper losses
d) Copper losses = iron losses

Answer: d
Explanation: When the variable copper losses of a transformer becomes equal to the fixed iron
losses of a transformer then we will get maximum efficiency. From these losses we’ll get the value
of current required.

2. Efficiency of a power transformer is near to the ___________

a) 100 per cent
b) 98 per cent
c) 50 per cent
d) 25 per cent

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 47

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: The efficiency of the transformer obtained from various experiments conducted on
various loads showed the efficiency greater than 90% always. Transformer thus, can be said highly
efficient device.

3. On which factors transformer routine efficiency depends upon?

a) Supply frequency
b) Load current
c) Power factorof load
d) Load current and power factor of load

Answer: d
Explanation: Efficiency of the transformer can be calculated by the output power divided by input
power. Both of these powers include power factor in their calculations while load current and load
voltage is also required in calculations.

4. Normal transformers are designed to have maximum efficiency at ___________

a) Nearly full load
b) 70% full load
c) 50% full load
d) No load

Answer: a
Explanation: Every device is manufactured to get maximum efficiency at the rated loads, i.e. full
load. Thus, transformer will give the maximum efficiency at nearly full load. Internal losses are so
adjusted to get maximum efficiency.

5. At which load condition maximum efficiency of a distribution transformer will be achieved?

a) At no load
b) At 60% full load
c) At 80% full load
d) At full load

Answer: b
Explanation: The main difference between power transformer and distribution transformer is
distribution transformer is designed for maximum efficiency at 60% to 70% load as these
transformers normally doesn’t operate at full load all the time.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 48

 Transformer Questions & Answers

6. Power transformers other than distribution transformers are generally designed to have
maximum efficiency around ______
a) No-load
b) Half-load
c) Near full-load
d) 10% overload

Answer: c
Explanation: Similar to normal transformers power transformers are also designed to get maximum
efficiency at load which is near to the full load of a transformer specified. Only in the case
distribution transformer maximum efficiency is achieved at 60% of full load.

7. For a transformer given, operating at constant load current, maximum efficiency will occur at
______
a) 0.8 leading power factor
b) 0.8 lagging power factor
c) Zero power factor
d) Unity power factor

Answer: d
Explanation: Maximum efficiency for a transformer will be achieved at full load. While in the case of
power factor also every device is set to get maximum efficiency at unity power factor. Thus, one
will have maximum efficiency if load is nearly equal to full load and at unity power factor.

8. Why efficiency of a transformer, under heavy loads, is comparatively low?

a) Copper loss becomes high in proportion to the output
b) Iron loss is increased considerably
c) Voltage drop both in primary and secondary becomes large
d) Secondary output is much less as compared to primary input

Answer: a
Explanation: At heavy loads current drawn by the transformer circuit increases, as we know,
variable copper losses are proportional to the square of the current. Thus, we’ll get higher copper
loss in proportion to the output.

9. The efficiencies of transformers compared to electric motors of the same power are ___________
a) About the same
b) Much smaller

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 49

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) Much higher
d) Can’t comment

Answer: c
Explanation: Transformer is a highly efficient device compare to all other electrical instruments. In
motor we need to add windage and friction losses along with the copper losses and iron losses
thus, we’ll get less efficiency for motor compare to transformer.

10. A transformer having maximum efficiency at 75% full load will have ratio of iron loss and full
load copper loss equal to ___________
a) 4/3
b) 3/4
c) 9/16
d) 16/9

Answer: c
Explanation: Condition for maximum efficiency is, Copper loss= Iron loss, i.e. Pc= I2 R = Pi.
transformer can be operated at any load but maximum efficiency occurs at a particular load
condition only. Let x be that load factor corresponds to maximum efficiency. Given that, maximum
efficiency will occur at 3/4 load. The load factor= (3/4)2.

11. What is the correct formula of efficiency of a device?

a) Input /output
b) Output/losses
c) 1- (losses/ (output + losses))
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: c
Explanation: Efficiency of any device is equal to the ratio of output power to the input power. Here,
one can write input power is equal to the addition of output power with losses. Thus, expressing all
these terms mathematically will give the answer.

12. A 500 kVA transformer is having efficiency of 95% at full load and also at 60% of full load; both
at unity power factor. Then P is ___________
a) 16.45 kW
b) 9.87 kW
c) 14.57 kW
d) Can’t be calculated

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 50

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: Efficiency of a transformer is given by, [transformer capacity*loading/
(capacity*loading + P + k *PC)]. Thus, η
= 500*1/ (500 + P +P ) = 0.95. also from the second condition
given η
= 500*0.6/ (500*0.6 + Pi +0.6^2*PC) = 0.95. Thus, solving simultaneously we get 9.87 kW.

13. A 500kVA transformer is having efficiency of 95% at full load and also at 60% of full load;
both at unity power factor. Then Pc is ___________
a) 16.45 kW
b) 9.87 kW
c) 14.57 kW
d) Can’t be calculated

Answer: a
Explanation: Efficiency of a transformer is given by, [transformer capacity*loading/
(capacity*loading + P + k *PC)]. Thus, η
= 500*1/ (500 + P +P ) = 0.95. also from the second condition
given η
= 500*0.6/ (500*0.6 + P +0.6 *PC) = 0.95. Thus, solving simultaneously we get an answer
16.45 kW.

14. For a power transformer operating at full load it draws voltage and current equal to 200 V and
100 A respectively at 0.8 pf. Iron and copper losses are equal to 120 kW and 300kW. What is the
efficiency?
a) 86.44%
b) 96.44%
c) 97.44%
d) 99.12%

Answer: c
Explanation: Power output= VI cosθ
= 200*100*0.8 = 16000 W (Independent of lag and lead). While
total losses are equal to iron loss+ k *copper losses =120+ 300= 420 W. Efficiency is equal to 1-
420/(16000+420)= 97.44%.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Voltage Regulation – 1

1. The highest voltage for transmitting electrical power in Myanmar is _______
a) 33 kV
b) 66 kV
c) 132 kV

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 51

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) 230 kV

Answer: d
Explanation: Transmission voltage in power transfer in Myanmar (highest) is 750KV AC and these
lines are erected by Power Grid Corporation for interstate connections throughout India. However,
work on 800kV is in the progress. DC transmission voltage (highest) in Myanmar is 600kV.
2. A transformer can have zero voltage regulation at _______
a) Leading power factor
b) Lagging power factor
c) Unity power factor
d) Zero power factor

Answer: a
Explanation: At leading power factor the voltage regulation is given by I*(Rcosφ
- Xsinφ
). Thus, at a
particular condition of angle φwe may get zero voltage regulation. While in lagging power factor
case we have + sign in the above formula.

3. What will happen to a given transformer if it made to run at its rated voltage but reduced
frequency?
a) Flux density remains unaffected
b) Iron losses are reduced
c) Core flux density is reduced
d) Core flux density is increased

Answer: d
Explanation: E=4.44fNAB is the emf equation for a transformer, now as E is kept constant we can
say frequency is inversely proportional to the B value. Thus, as frequency increases we will get less
core flux density and vice-versa.

4. In an actual transformer the iron loss remains practically constant from no load to full load
because
___________
a) Value of transformation ratio remains constant
b) Permeability of transformer core remains constant
c) Core flux remains practically constant
d) Primary voltage remains constant

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 52

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The reason behind core-iron loss being constant is that hysteresis loss and eddy
current loss both are dependent on the magnetic properties of the material which is used in the
construction and design of the core of the transformer.

5. Negative voltage regulation indicates ___________

a) Capacitive loading only
b) Inductive loading only
c) Inductive or resistive loading
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: The sign -ve arises in the voltage regulation calculations when, the load connected to
the transformer is leading in the nature. The only condition when we’ll get negative voltage
regulation when second term is higher than first term.

6. When will a transformer have regulation closer to zero?

a) On full-load
b) On overload
c) On leading power factor
d) On zero power factor

Answer: c
Explanation: Since voltage regulation of a transformer in the leading loading condition is not
additive in nature, at particular power factor in leading we can get zero voltage regulation. While,
in lagging condition we’ll get ultimately non-zero VR.

7. A good voltage regulation of a transformer indicates ______________

a) output voltage fluctuation from no load to full load is least
b) output voltage fluctuation with power factor is least
c) difference between primary and secondary voltage is least
d) difference between primary and secondary voltage is maximum

Answer: a
Explanation: Voltage regulation is defined as rise in the voltage when the transformer is thrown off
from full load condition to no-load condition. Thus, least voltage regulation means output
fluctuations depending on the load are very less.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 53

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. Which of the following acts as a protection against high voltage surges due to lightning and
switching?
a) Horn gaps
b) Thermal overload relays
c) Breather
d) Conservator

Answer: a
Explanation: Arcing horns in a transformer form a spark gap across the insulator with a lower
breakdown voltage than the air path along the insulator surface, so an overvoltage it will cause the
air to break down and the arc to form between the arcing horns, diverting it away from the surface
of the insulator.

9. Minimum voltage regulation occurs when the power factor of the load is ______________
a) Unity
b) Lagging
c) Leading
d) Zero

Answer: c
Explanation: When the leading load is connected to the transformer difference of Rcosφand Xsinφis
multiplied with the current, thus we may get -ve, zero voltage regulations at this condition. That is
minimum voltage regulation.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Voltage Regulation – 2

1. Voltage regulation of transformer is given by _____________
a) E -V /V
b) E -V /E
c) V -E /E
d) V -E /V

Answer: b
Explanation: Voltage regulation is defined as change in the voltage or rise in voltage when
transformer is load is thrown off. Thus, it is the difference of the no load voltage with the full load
voltage divide by full load voltage to get % increase.

2. On which load power factor zero voltage regulation will be achieved?

a) 0

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 54

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 1
c) Leading
d) Lagging

Answer: c
Explanation: At leading power factor the voltage regulation can be negative or zero. This can be
found from this equation % regulation = ε
xcosθ– ε
rsinθ
. Bu substituting the appropriate value of
angle one can check this mathematically.

3. A transformer has resistance and reactance in per unit as 0.01 and 0.04 pu respectively. What will
be its voltage regulation for 0.8 power factor lagging and leading?
a) 3.2% and 1.6%
b) 3.2% and -1.6%
c) 1.6% and -3.2%
d) Can’t be defined

Answer: b
Explanation: Voltage regulation for lagging power factor = (R cosθ + X sinθ
) × 100, Voltage
regulation for 0.8 lagging power factor = (0.01×0.8+0.04×0.6) × 100 = 3.2%. Voltage regulation for
leading power factor = (R cosθ– X sinθ
) × 100, Voltage regulation for 0.8 leading power factor =
(0.01×0.8-0.0 4×0.6)× 100 = -1.6%.

4. At which power factor one will get maximum voltage regulation?

a) 0
b) 1
c) Leading
d) Lagging

Answer: d
Explanation: At lagging power factor the voltage regulation is given by I*(Rcosφ
+ Xsinφ
). Thus, at a
particular condition of angle φwe will get maximum voltage regulation. While in leading power
factor case we have – sign in the above formula.

5. Which is the correct phasor equation indicating the transformer voltages lagging?
a) V = V + I*(R cosφ
+ X sinφ)
b) V = V + I*(R cosφ
+ X sinφ
)
c) V = V + I*(X cosφ
+ X sinφ
)

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 55

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) V = V + I*(R cosφ
+ R sinφ
)

Answer: a
Explanation: According to the phasor diagram drawn for lagging current, we will have positive sign
in the voltage regulation formula thus, V = V + I*(R cosφ
+ X sinφ
) gives the correct relation, while V
indicates the primary voltage.

6. Which is the correct phasor equation indicating the transformer voltages leading?
a) V = V + I*(R cosφ
- X sinφ
)
b) V = V + I*(R cosφ
- X sinφ
)
c) V = V + I*(X cosφ
- X sinφ)
d) V = V + I*(R cosφ
- R sinφ
)

Answer: a
Explanation: According to the phasor diagram drawn for leading current, we will have negaitive sign
in the voltage regulation formula thus, V = V + I*(R cosφ
- X sinφ
) gives the correct relation, while V1
indicates the primary voltage.

7. What is the correct formula to get power factor angle in leading condition?
a) tan φ
= X/R
b) tan φ
= R/X
c) cos φ= R/√(R2+X2)
d) cos φ
= R/X

Answer: b
Explanation: For leading condition derivative of voltage regulation with respect to φis obtained and
solved for the power factor angle calculations we’ll get tan φ= R/X for leading condition, for lagging
condition we’ll get tan φ
= X/R.

8. What is the correct formula to get power factor angle in lagging condition?
a) sin φ
= X/R
b) tan φ
= R/X
c) cos φ= R/√(R2+X2)
d) cos φ
= R/X

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 56

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: For lagging condition derivative of voltage regulation with respect to φis obtained and
solved for the power factor angle calculations we’ll get tan φ= R/X for leading condition, for lagging
condition we’ll get tan φ
= X/R. In terms of cosine function, we’ll get cos φ= R/√(R2+X2).

9. Zero voltage regulation of a transformer is achieved at 1 pf leading.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Though zero voltage regulation occurs at leading power factor condition, it is not
occurring at unity power factor leading. As at unity power factor leading, cos term will be equal to
1. Hence, we’ll get some non-zero VR at unity power factor.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Autotransformer

1. Which of the following is the main advantage of an auto-transformer over a two-winding
transformer?
a) Hysteresis losses are reduced
b) Saving in winding material
c) Copper losses are negligible
d) Eddy losses are totally eliminated

Answer: b
Explanation: Auto transformer is a special type of transformer which has primary and secondary
winding both located on same winding. Thus, winding material required for a transformer is very
less in the case of autotransformer.

2. Auto-transformer makes effective saving on copper and copper losses, when its transformation
ratio is
a) Approximately equal to one
b) Less than one
c) Great than one
d) Cannot be found

Answer: a
Explanation: Copper In auto transformer /copper in two-winding transformer = 1- T2/T1. This
means that an auto transformer requires the use of lesser quantity of copper given by the ratio of
turns. Hence, if the transformation ratio is approximately equal to one, then the copper saving is
good and the copper loss is less.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 57

 Transformer Questions & Answers

3. Total windings present in a autotransformer are __________

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

Answer: a
Explanation: Autotransformer is the special transformer for which the single winding acts as a
primary and secondary both. Thus, by taking the appropriate winding into consideration a variable
secondary voltage is obtained.

4. Autotransformers are particularly economical when _________

a) Voltage ratio is less than 2
b) Voltage ratio is very high
c) Voltage ratio is higher than 2 in smaller range
d) Can be used anywhere

Answer: a
Explanation: Autotransformer is economical where the voltage ratio is less than 2 in which case
electrical isolation of the two windings is not essential. The major applications are induction motor
starters, interconnection of HV systems at voltage levels with ratio less than 2, and in obtaining
variable voltage power supplies (low voltage and current levels).

5. Which of the following is not true regarding the autotransformer compare to two-winding
transformer?
a) Lower reactance
b) Lower losses
c) Higher exciting current
d) Better voltage regulation

Answer: c
Explanation: Autotransformer is the advance version of normal transformer. It is having better
voltage regulation, higher efficiency due to lower losses, lower reactance and thus it also requires
very small exciting current.

6. Two-winding transformer of a given VA rating if connected as an autotransformer can handle

___________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 58

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) Higher VA
b) Lower VA
c) Same VA
d) Cannot be found

Answer: a
Explanation: A two-winding transformer of a given VA rating when connected as an
autotransformer can handle higher VA. This is because in the autotransformer connection part of
the VA is transferred conductively.

7. When auto-transformation ratio becomes equal to 1, which of the following statement is true?
a) VA rating of the autotransformer becomes far greater than VA rating of two winding transformer
b) VA rating of the autotransformer becomes far lower than VA rating of two winding transformer
c) VA rating of the autotransformer becomes equal to VA rating of two winding transformer
d) Can’t comment
Answer: a
Explanation: VA rating of autotransformer is = [1/1-a] * VA of two-winding transformer, thus, when
a i.e. transformation ratio of autotransformer becomes closer to 1 one gets very high value of VA
rating of an autotransformer.

8. An autotransformer compared to its two-winding counterpart has a higher operating efficiency.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: The losses are less in autotransformer compare to two-winding transformer. Thus, for
the given same input to autotransformer as that of two-winding transformer more output will be
available to secondary side.

9. Ratio of winding material needed for autotransformer to thr two winding transformer is ______
a) 1- V /V
b) 1- N /N
c) 1- V /V and 1- N /N
d) 1- V /V

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 59

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: G /G = 1- V /V , as voltage is directly proportional to the number of turns we can say

the value is also equal to the 1- N /N . Thus, one can write G -G = 1/a’ * GTW = saving of the
conductor material using autotransformer.

10. For an auto-transformation ratio tending to the unity value, saving of the conductor material
will be ___________
a) Tend towards 90% or more
b) Tend towards 0%
c) Can’t say
d) Wil remain fix

Answer: a
Explanation: G -G = 1/a’ * GTW = saving of the conductor material using autotransformer. So, if
a’=10, saving is only 10% but for a’=1.1, saving is as high as 90%. Hence it is more economical when
the turn-ratio is closer to unity.

11. What are the modes in which power can be transferred in an autotransformer?
a) Conduction
b) Induction
c) Conduction and Induction
d) Cannot be said

Answer: c
Explanation: In two winding transformer there is no electrical connection between primary and
secondary. So, the power is transferred through induction. But in auto-transformer there is a
common electrical path between primary and secondary. So, power is transferred through both
conduction and induction processes.

12. A 100/10, 50 VA double winding transformer is converted to 100/110 V auto transformer. What
will be the rating of auto transformer?
a) 500 VA
b) 550 VA
c) 100 VA
d) 110 VA

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 60

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Secondary current of the two-winding transformer at rated voltage supply =50/10= 5 A
Thus, autotransformer will also carry the same rated current in secondary giving the power output
as 5*110=550 VA.

13. For a 20kVA transformer with turn ratio 0.4 what amount of total power is transferred
inductively?
a) 8kVA
b) 12kVA
c) 10kVA
d) 50kVA

Answer: b
Explanation: For an auto transformer power is transferred partially inductively and partially
conductively. Thus, out of total power, power transferred inductively is given by (1-k)*total power=
0.6*20= 12kVA.

14. For a 20kVA transformer with turn ratio 0.4 what amount of total power is transferred
conductively?
a) 8kVA
b) 12kVA
c) 10kVA
d) 50kVA
Answer: a
Explanation: For an auto transformer power is transferred partially inductively and partially
conductively. Thus, out of total power, power transferred conductively is given by (k)*total power=
0.4*20= 8kVA.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Excitation Phenomenon

1. No-load current in the transformer is _______
a) Straight DC
b) Steps
c) Sinusoidal
d) Sinusoidal distorted

Answer: d
Explanation: The no-load current in a transformer is non-sinusoidal. The basic cause for this
phenomenon, which lies in hysteresis and saturation non-linearities of the core material, will now
be investigated; this can only be accomplished graphically.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 61

 Transformer Questions & Answers

2. The main reason for generation of harmonics in a transformer is ____________

a) Fluctuating load
b) Poor insulation
c) Mechanical vibrations
d) Saturation of core

Answer: d
Explanation: The iron core which is used in transformer is subjected to saturation effect. Thus,
according to the hysteresis loop, the generation of harmonics at particular saturation level can be
identified.

3. The magnetising current of a transformer is usually small because it has _______

a) Small air gap
b) Large leakage flux
c) Laminated silicon steel core
d) Fewer rotating parts

Answer: a
Explanation: Air Gap increases the reluctance in the magnetic path of magnetic lines of force. When
there is an air gap in the magnetic circuit the reluctance is high owing to the permeability of air
which is much lower as compared to ferromagnetic materials. The mmf required to overcome that
(maintaining flux density in the air gap) is more.
4. Harmonics in transformer result in ___________
a) Increased core losses
b) Increased I2R losses
c) Magnetic interference with communication circuits
d) Increased core lossed, Increased I2R losses and magnetic interference

Answer: d
Explanation: harmonics are produced in an particular circuit as a result of magnetization of core
material. Thus, magnetic losses are increased that is, iron losses are more so to maintain constant
more current will be drawn giving rise to I losses.

5. For given applied voltage, with the increase in frequency of the applied voltage ___________
a) Eddy current loss will decrease
b) Eddy current loss will increase
c) Eddy current loss will remain unchanged

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 62

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: Eddy current losses are directly proportional to the square of the frequency of input
applied rated voltage. This loss is independent of voltage applied to the transformer. Thus, eddy
current loss will increase with frequency.

6. Which of the following is the most likely source of harmonics in a transformer?

a) Poor insulation
b) Overload
c) Loose connections
d) Core saturation

Answer: d
Explanation: Core material used in a transformer is iron, which undergoes saturation when it is
excited by some external supply, which causes some unlikely effects like generation of harmonics
which leads in losses for a particular transformer.

7. Third harmonic currents can be as large as ______________

a) 100% of fundamental
b) 10% of fundamental
c) 70% of fundamental
d) 40% of fundamental
Answer: d
Explanation: While odd symmetry is preserved and the current and flux maximas occur
simultaneously, the current zeros are advanced in time with respect to the flux wave shape. As a
consequence, the current has fundamental and odd harmonics, the strongest being the third
harmonic which can be as large as 40% of the fundamental.

8. Flux transient goes till the maximum value due to ___________

a) Doubling effect
b) Saturation effect
c) Hysteresis effect
d) Modulation effect

Answer: a
Explanation: A transient flux component (off-set flux) ft = fm originates so that the resultant flux is
(ft + fss) which has zero value at the instant of switching. The transient component ft will decay

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 63

 Transformer Questions & Answers

according to the circuit time constant (L/R) which is generally low in a transformer. If the circuit
dissipation (core-loss) is assumed negligible, the flux transient will go through a maximum value of
2fm.

9. The transformer switching transient is referred as _____________

a) Inrush current
b) Outrush current
c) Middlerush current
d) Harmonic current

Answer: a
Explanation: In subsequent half-periods ft gradually decays till it vanishes and the core flux
acquires the steady-state value, Because of the low time constant of the transformer circuit,
distortion effects of the transient may last several seconds. The transformer switching transient is
referred to as the inrush current.

10. Which of the following is not the method of reducing harmonics?

a) Adding filters
b) Adding capacitors
c) Adding inductors
d) Adding resistance

Answer: d
Explanation: Reduce the harmonic currents produced by the load. Add filters to siphon the
harmonic currents off the system, or block the currents from entering the system, or supply the
harmonic currents locally. Modify the frequency response of the system by filters, inductors, or
capacitor.

11. It is possible to reduce harmonic currents completely.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: It is not possible to prevent harmonic currents completely. But they can be prevented
from flowing through the main system by providing a separate low-impedance path for them. This
is done by the use of rated series tuned circuits consisting of a reactor and capacitor, which have
equal impedance at a specific harmonic frequency.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 64

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Transformers Questions and Answers – Variable Frequency Transformer

1. Output transformers are also called for __________
a) Maximum efficiency
b) Maximum power
c) Maximum output
d) Maximum efficiency, power and output

Answer: b
Explanation: In electronic circuit applications maximum power is given more preference than
maximum efficiency unlike in power system operations. So, all the transformers working for
maximum power are called as output transformers.

2. The output transformers are also named as _________

a) Audio transformers
b) Power transformers
c) Industrial transformers
d) Electric transformers

Answer: a
Explanation: in electronic circuit applications the performance criterion is the maximum power
unlike the maximum efficiency in power system applications. Such transformers are known as
output transformers while in audio applications these are known as audio transformers.

3. Which of the following is the major requirement for the transformers used for electronic
purposes?
a) Perfect DC isolation
b) Maximum efficiency
c) Constant amplitude voltage gain
d) Perfect DC isolation , maximum efficiency and constant voltage gain

Answer: c
Explanation: An important requirement of these transformers is that the amplitude voltage gain
(ratio of output/input voltage amplitude) should remain almost constant over the range of
frequencies (bandwidth) of the signal.

4. Why frequency scale is logarithmic?

a) Frequency range is very small for these transformers

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 65

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Frequency range is very large for these transformers

c) Frequency used is negligible
d) Can’t say

Answer: b
Explanation: When we investigate the gain and phase frequency characteristics of the transformer.
This would include the effect of the output impedance (resistance) of the electronic circuit output
stage. In these characteristics as the frequency range is quite large the frequency scale used is
logarithmic.

5. When series leakage inductances are ignored then the region is called as _____________
a) Low-frequency region
b) High-frequency region
c) Mid-frequency region
d) Ultra high-frequency region

Answer: c
Explanation: In this region the series leakage inductances can be ignored (as these cause negligible
voltage drops) and the shunt inductance (magnetizing inductance) can be considered as open
circuit. With these approximations the equivalent circuit as seen on the primary side can be drawn
and gain is then calculated.

6. What is the gain of the transformer in mid-band region?

a) [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’)].
b) [N /N1] [RL ‘/(R+R ’+jω
L)].
c) AH=A0/ [1+(ω
/ωH) ]
d) AL=A0/ [1+(ω
/ωL) ]

Answer: a
Explanation: It immediately follows from the circuit analysis of transformer in mid-frequency region
that VL and VS are in phase, the circuit being resistive only. As for the amplitude gain, it is given as
V ’=V [R‘/(R+R ’)] [N /N ]V =VS [R ‘/(R+R ’)] A = V /V = [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’)]

7. When series leakage inductances are not ignored but shunt inductance is an effective open
circuit then the region is called as _____________
a) Low-frequency region
b) High-frequency region
c) Mid-frequency region

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 66

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Ultra high-frequency region

Answer: b
Explanation: In this region the series inductances must be taken into account but the shunt
inductance is an effective open circuit yielding the approximate equivalent circuit. Amplitude and
phase angle as function of frequency are derived below.

8. What is the gain of the transformer in high-frequency region?

a) [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’)].
b) [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’+jω
L)].
c) A =A / [1+(ω
/ωH) ].
d) A =A / [1+(ω
/ωL) ]

Answer: b
Explanation: It immediately follows from the circuit analysis of transformer in high-frequency
region that AH is equal to [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’+jω
L)]. If recognised the term [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’)] as the
gain of transformer in mid-band region then A =A / [1+(ω
/ωH) ] .

9. When series leakage inductances are not ignored but shunt inductances are considered in
parallel then the region is called as _____________
a) low-frequency region
b) high-frequency region
c) mid-frequency region
d) ultra high-frequency region

Answer: a
Explanation: In this region the series effect of leakage inductances is of no consequence but the low
reactance (ω
Lm) shunting effect must be accounted for giving the approximate equivalent circuit
and in the calculations of gain of a transformer.

10. What is the gain of the transformer in low-frequency region?

a) [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’)].
b) [N /N ] [R ‘/(R+R ’+jω
L)].
c) A =A / [1+(ω
/ωH) ].
d) A =A / [1+(ω
/ωL) ]

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 67

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: The corner frequency ω
L of this circuit is obtained by considering the voltage source as
short circuit. This circuit is Lm in parallel with R||R￠
L. Thus, ω
L = [R||R ’/Lm]. Complex gain can be
expressed as A =A / [1+(ω
/ωL) ] .

11. Relative voltage ratio curve for an output transformer is _______________

a) Circular
b) Straight line
c) Bell shaped
d) Irregular curve

Answer: c
Explanation: The complete amplitude and phase response of the transformer (with source) on log
frequency scale. At high frequencies, the interturn and other stray capacitances of the transformer
windings need to be considered. The capacitance-inductance combination causes parallel
resonance effect thus, amplitude peak shows up in the high-frequency region of the frequency
response.

12. Phase angle characteristic of an output transformer is ____________

a) Curve increasing towards high-frequency region
b) Curve increasing towards low-frequency region
c) Curve increasing towards mid-frequency region then decreasing
d) Can’t define

Answer: a
Explanation: The phase-angle characteristics of an output transformer starts from below of relative
voltage ratio characteristics drawn on the same axis. Further it goes on increasing towards high-
frequency region non-linearly.
Transformers Questions and Answers – Three Phase Transformer Construction
1. Which type of winding is used in 3-phase shell-type transformer?
a) Circular type
b) Sandwich type
c) Cylindrical type
d) Rectangular type

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 68

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: In core type of the transformer, winding is done by normal method, while in the shell
type transformer, winding is sandwiched between corresponding shells of core material. Hence, it is
sandwich type.

2. 3-phase transformers compare to 1-phase transformers ________

a) More economical
b) Easy in construction
c) Easy to construct
d) Easy to handle

Answer: a
Explanation: 3-phase transformers are also used to power large motors and other heavy loads. A
three wire three-phase circuit is more economical than an equivalent two-wire single-phase circuit
at the same line to ground voltage because it uses less conductor material to transmit a given
amount of electrical power.

3. How 3-phase transformers are constructed?

a) A bank of 3 single phase transformers
b) A single 3-phase transformer with the primary and secondary of each phase wound on three legs
of a common core
c) Single 3-phase transformer or a bank of 3 1-phase transformers
d) By different method

Answer: c
Explanation: #-phase transformers can be either constructed by 2 methods. One is a bank of 3
single phase transformers and another method is a single 3-phase transformer with the primary
and secondary of each phase wound on three legs of a common core.

4. Three phase transformer compare to a bank of 3 single phase transformers is ____________

a) Cheaper
b) Costlier
c) More in space
d) Can’t be determined

Answer: a
Explanation: 3-phase transformers can be manufactured by 2 methods. The three-phase
transformer unit costs about 15% less than that of a bank and furthermore, the single unit occupies
less space.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 69

 Transformer Questions & Answers

There is little difference in reliability.

5. In mines we use _______________

a) a single unit of 3-phase transformer
b) a bank of 3 single phase transformers
c) use of 3-phase transformer is avoided
d) a single unit or a bank

Answer: b
Explanation: It is cheaper to carry spare stock of a single-phase rather than a three-phase
transformer. In underground use (mines) a bank of single-phase units may be preferred as it is
easier to transport these units. The bank also offers the advantage of a de-rated open-delta
operation when one single-phase unit becomes inoperative.

6. In three phase bank phases are ___________________

a) the phases are electrically not connected and magnetically independent
b) the phases are electrically not connected and magnetically dependent
c) the phases are electrically connected and magnetically independent
d) the phases are electrically connected and magnetically dependent

Answer: c
Explanation: The 3-phase load bank is constructed by so that all three phases are made to be
connected with together electrically. By the same time these banks form three magnetic circuits
which are independent.

7. Where the tappings are provided in a transformer?

a) At the phase end of LV side
b) At the phase end of HV side
c) At the neutral side end of the HV side
d) At the middle of HV side

Answer: d
Explanation: Tappings are provided in order to maintain the terminal voltage across the loads
within the permissible specified limits with respect to load variations. Tappings can be provided at
phase end or neutral end of HV side. But to maintain magnetic symmetry tappings are preferred in
the middle of the winding only.

8. Tappings are on _____________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 70

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) LV side of a transformer
b) HV side of transformer
c) Not on any side
d) On both sides

Answer: b
Explanation: Generally, tappings are preferred on HV side, because the HV side is low current high
voltage side, tap changer involves low current interruption and large variations or small steps are
possible due to more no of turns.

9. In core type 3-phase transformer flux path chooses how many paths to return?
a) 2
b) Single
c) 3
d) Many

Answer: a
Explanation: Flux of each limb in core type uses the other two limbs for its return path with the
three-magnetic flux’s in the core generated by the line voltages differing in time-phase by 120
degrees. Thus, the flux in the core remains nearly sinusoidal, producing a sinusoidal secondary
supply voltage.

10. Why shell type 3-phase transformer is used in large power transforming applications?
a) Can be made with more height
b) Can be made with less height
c) More height and less height flexibility
d) Due to other reasons

Answer: b
Explanation: The shell-type five-limb type three-phase transformer construction is heavier and
more expensive to build than the core-type. Five-limb cores are generally used for very large power
transformers as they can be made with reduced height.
11. A three-phase transformer generally has the three magnetic circuits interlaced.
a) True
b) False

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 71

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: A three-phase transformer generally has the three magnetic circuits which are
interlaced to give a uniform distribution of the dielectric flux between the high and low voltage
windings. The exception is a three-phase shell type transformer. In the shell type of construction,
even though the three cores are together, they are non-interlaced.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Three Phase Transformer Connections

1. When does star/star transformers work satisfactorily?
a) Load is unbalanced only
b) Load is balanced only
c) On balanced as well as unbalanced loads
d) Independent of load type

Answer: b
Explanation: With the unbalanced load connected to the neutral, the neutral point shifts thereby
making the three line-to-neutral (i.e. phase) voltages unequal. The effect of unbalanced loads can
be illustrated by placing a single load between phase (or coil) a and the neutral on the secondary
side.

2. When does delta/star transformer work satisfactorily?

a) Load is balanced only
b) Load is unbalanced only
c) On balanced as well as unbalanced loads
d) Independent of load type

Answer: c
Explanation: Large unbalanced/balanced loads can be handled satisfactory. The Y-D connection
has no problem with third harmonic components due to circulating currents in D(delta). It is also
more stable to unbalanced loads since the D partially redistributes any imbalance that occurs.

3. Scott connections are used in _______________

a) three-phase to single phase transformation
b) three-phase to two-phase transformation
c) single phase to three-phase transformation
d) all phase transformations
Answer: b
Explanation: Scott connections are used to convert three-phase to two-phase conversion, to start
two phase motors and two phase furnaces. It requires two single phase transformers with

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 72

 Transformer Questions & Answers

adjustable tappings, one transformer is main transformer which is centre tapped through teaser
transformer primary with a suitable number of turns to get a balanced two-phase supply.

4. In a three-phase star – delta transformer, what is the angle difference between primary and
secondary phase voltages?
a) Delta side leads by 30°
b) Delta side lags by 30°
c) Star side leads by 30°
d) Star side lags by 30°

Answer: a
Explanation: This is a vector group and has + 30° displacement. Therefore, delta side leads by + 30°.
So, it can be stated that delta side is having lead of 300 over star side because of the connections
made.

5. Which can be also called as 00 /1800 connection?

a) Star/star
b) Direct star
c) Delta/star
d) Star/delta

Answer: a
Explanation: Star connection is formed on each side by connecting together phase winding
terminals. The voltages of the corresponding phases (and thus of the corresponding lines) are in
phase. This is known as the 0°-connection. If the winding terminals on secondary side are reversed,
the 180°-connection is obtained.

6. What is the ratio of transformation of star/star connection?

a) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation x:1
b) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation 2x:1
c) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation x/3:1
d) Can’t say

Answer: a
Explanation: The phase transformation ratio is given as x:1, where x simply denotes the turns ratio
of a transformer given, thus, in the star/star connection we will get the same ratios, as at a
particular point, voltage reading on primary will be proportional to secondary with x.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 73

 Transformer Questions & Answers

7. Delta/delta connection is also called as ____________

a) 0°-connection
b) 90°-connection
c) 180°-connection
d) 0°/180°-connection

Answer: d
Explanation: Delta/delta connection is also called as 0°-connection as seen from the phasor
diagram that primary and secondary line voltages are in phase with each other. By reversing
connection, we can get 180° phase shift.

8. What is the ratio of transformation of delta/delta connection?

a) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation x:1
b) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation 2x:1
c) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation x/3:1
d) Can’t determine

Answer: a
Explanation: The phase transformation ratio is given as x:1, where x simply denotes the turns ratio
of a transformer given, thus, in the delta/delta connection also similar to the star/star, we will get
the same ratios, as at a particular point, voltage reading on primary will be proportional to
secondary with x.

9. Open delta connection has VA rating of _______________

a) √3 times delta/delta VA rating
b) 1/√3 times delta/delta VA rating
c) 3 times delta/delta VA rating
d) 1/3 times delta/delta VA rating

Answer: b
Explanation: When one of the transformer in delta/delta connection is removed we get open delta
connection. This connection can handle the power of √3VI. While on the similar line delta/delta
connection can handle the power of 3VI.

10. Star/delta connection is also called as ____________

a) 30°-connection
b) 0°-connection

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 74

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) -30°-connection
d) 30°/-30°-connection

Answer: d
Explanation: Star/delta connection is also called as +/-30° '63onnection as seen from the phasor
diagram that primary and secondary line voltages are either ahead or below by 30° phases with
each other. By reversing connection, we can get another condition phase shift.

11. What is the ratio of transformation of star/delta connection?

a) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation x:1
b) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation √3x:1
c) Phase transformation x:1, line transformation 3x:1
d) Can’t determine with information available

Answer: a
Explanation: The phase transformation ratio is given as x:1, where x simply denotes the turns ratio
of a transformer given, thus, in the star/delta connection we will get the √3 factor in ratios, as at a
particular point, voltage reading on primary will be proportional to secondary with √3x.

12. x/√3:1 ratio is obtained in ______________

a) Star/delta
b) Delta/star
c) Delta/delta
d) Star/star

Answer: b
Explanation: The phase transformation ratio is given as x:1, where x simply denotes the turns ratio
of a transformer given, thus, in the star/delta connection we will get the 1/√3 factor in ratios, as at
a particular point, voltage reading on primary will be proportional to secondary with 1/√3x.

13. Which both connections have the same line transformation ratios?
a) Star/star and delta/delta
b) Star/delta and delta/star
c) Star/zig-zag star and delta/zig-zag star
d) Star/star, delta/delta and star/delta, delta/star
Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 75

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Star/star and delta/delta both connections have phase transfer ratio of x:1 and line
transfer ratio also equal to x:1, while star/zig-zag star and delta/zig-zag star connections have line
transformation ratio equal to 2/√3x:1.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Three Phase Bank of Single Phase Transformers
1. For very high voltage transformers which connection is cheaper on primary side?
a) Star
b) Delta
c) Open delta
d) Can be star/ delta/ open delta

Answer: a
Explanation: In star connection with earthed neutral, the maximum voltage of the phase winding to
ground is 1/√3 or 58% of the line voltage, while in delta connection this is equal to the line voltage
in case of earthing of one of the lines during a fault. Thus, star on HV side is cheaper.

2. In which of the circuit given positive and negative sequence currents will flow in primary?
a) Star/delta
b) Star/star
c) Open delta/delta
d) Delta/delta

Answer: d
Explanation: The only positive and negative sequence currents flow in the lines on the delta side.
This could also be achieved by star-connected primary provided the primary and secondary star
points are grounded. But this is not recommended on account of flow of ground current for
unbalanced secondary loads.

3. When star/star connection is used?

a) Small HV
b) Small LV
c) High HV
d) High LV

Answer: a
Explanation: This case is economical for small HV transformers as it minimizes the turns/phase and
winding insulation. A neutral connection is possible. However, the Y /Y connection is rarely used
because of difficulties associated with the exciting current.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 76

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. When delta/delta connection is used?

a) Small HV
b) Small LV
c) High HV
d) High LV

Answer: d
Explanation: This suits large LV transformers as it needs more turns/phase of smaller section. A
large load unbalance can be tolerated. The absence of a star point may be a disadvantage. This
connection can operate at 58% normal rating as open-delta when one of the transformers of the
bank is removed for repairs or maintenance.

5. For using as a step-up transformer which connection is used?

a) Star/star
b) Delta/delta
c) Delta/star
d) Star/delta

Answer: c
Explanation: This is the most commonly used connection for power systems. At transmission levels
star connection is on the HV side, i.e. D/Y for step-up and Y/D for step-down. The neutral thus
available is used for grounding on the HV side.

6. At distribution level transformer with which connection is used?

a) Star/star
b) Delta/delta
c) Delta/star
d) Star/delta

Answer: c
Explanation: At the distribution level the D/Y transformer is used with star on the LV side which
allows mixed 3-phase and 1-phase loads, while delta allows the flow of circulating current to
compensate for neutral current on the star side.

7. Third-harmonic currents have phase difference of _____________

a) 0
b) 90

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 77

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) 180
d) 27

Answer: a
Explanation: The phase difference in third-harmonic currents and voltages on a 3-phase system is
3 * 120° = 360° or 0° which means that these are cophasal. Therefore, third-harmonic currents and
voltages cannot be present on the lines of a 3-phase system as these do not add up to zero.

8. Core flux in the transformer is _______________

a) sinusoidal
b) flat-topped
c) square wave
d) triangular

Answer: b
Explanation: The supply voltage provides the input current to the transformer primary, here
primary current is only sinusoidal magnetizing current. Thus, this sinusoidal magnetic current will
produce core flux, flat-topped.

9. In delta/delta connection flux is almost _________________

a) sinusoidal
b) flat-topped
c) triangular
d) square wave

Answer: a
Explanation: The supply voltage provides only sinusoidal magnetizing current so that core flux is
flat-topped; but the third-harmonic emfs induced (cophasal) cause circulating currents in deltas
restoring the flux to almost sinusoidal.

10. Apart from connection which of the following is different in star/delta or delta/star compare to
delta/delta?
a) Flux is flat-topped
b) Impedance offered to third-harmonic currents in delta is less
c) Impedance offered to third-harmonic currents in delta is constant
d) Impedance offered to third-harmonic currents in delta is more

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 78

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Because of one delta connection the same conditions are obtained as in D/D
connection except that the impedance offered to the flow of third-harmonic currents in delta is
now larger and so are third-harmonic voltages.

11. In star/star connection the voltage can be correctly expressed as ____________

a) e = e sin 2ω
t + e sin 3ω
t
b) e = e sin ω
t + e sin 3ω
t
c) e = e sin 3ω
t + e sin 3ω
t
d) e = e sin 6ω
t + e sin 3ω
t

Answer: b
Explanation: In the case of isolated neutrals, third-harmonic voltages are present in each phase as
explained earlier. Further, since these voltages are cophasal, no third-harmonic voltages are
present between lines. The voltage of phase a to neutral can now be expressed as shown in option
b.

12. Rate of change of voltage in star/star connection is ______________

a) ω
b) 2 ω
c) 3 ω
d) Can’t determine

Answer: b
Explanation: While fundamental frequency voltages in the three phases have a relative phase
difference of 120°, the third-harmonic voltages in them are cophasal (with respect to each other),
but their phase with respect to the fundamental frequency (voltage changes at the rate of 2ω
, twice
the fundamental frequency).

13. Voltage at the neutral point oscillates at frequency of 2ω

, this phenomenon is called as
_________
a) oscillating neutral
b) doubling voltage
c) doubling current
d) doubling neutral

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 79

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Voltage of the neutral point oscillates at frequency 2 ω

, phenomenon is known as
oscillating neutral and is highly undesirable because of which the star/star connection with isolated
neutrals is not used in practice. If the neutrals are connected, it effectively separates the three
transformers. Third-harmonic currents can now flow via the neutrals.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Tests on Three Phase Transformers

1. In three-phase transformer, the harmonic fluxes are suppressed because of ____________
a) high reluctance path
b) low reluctance path
c) any reluctance paths
d) independent on reluctance path

Answer: a
Explanation: In core type transformer, the third-harmonic fluxes in all the three limbs are
simultaneously directed upwards or downwards so that this flux must return through air (high-
reluctance path). The high reluctance path tends to suppress the third-harmonic flux.

2. Suppressing of harmonic fluxes becomes more prominent in _______

a) fifth harmonic currents
b) third harmonic currents
c) fourth harmonic currents
d) second harmonic currents

Answer: a
Explanation: The phenomenon gets more complex now and at core densities exceeding 1.5 T, the
total harmonic content (particularly fifth) is very marked in the magnetizing current (fifth harmonic
currents can flow on lines as their relative phase difference is 5 * 120° = 600° or 120°).

3. To reduce effect of 5th harmonic current ____________

a) separate path must be provided
b) no need of separate path
c) add a resistor in series
d) add a resistor in parallel

Answer: a
Explanation: To reduce the strong fifth harmonic in the magnetizing current for the star/star
connection with isolated neutral, a path must be provided through iron for the third-harmonic flux.
Hence, the use of a 5-limb core is adopted.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 80

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. For performing back to back test on 3-phase transformer, transformers should be ___________
a) non-identical
b) identical
c) they can be identical or non-identical
d) they should not be identical nor non-identical

Answer: b
Explanation: According to connection of back to back test, arrangement of three-phase
transformers should be done by keeping the fact into consideration that both of these transformers
should be identical.

5. In back to back test two secondaries are connected ___________

a) in proper phase sequence
b) in phase opposition
c) in proper phase sequence and with phase opposition
d) in opposite phase sequence

Answer: c
Explanation: According to the connection arrangement for the back-to-back test on two identical
3- phase transformers. Then, two secondaries must be connected in phase opposition and in
proper phase sequence.

6. Auxiliary transformer is not needed in the back to back test.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Auxiliary transformer is needed in the back to back test as, we need to circulate the
full-load current. This transformer is connected at secondaries or at primaries of the three-phase
transformers.

7. Where the auxiliary transformers are connected in back to back test of 3-phase transformer?
a) Primaries
b) Secondaries
c) In the middle
d) Can be connected to primaries or secondaries as well

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 81

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The auxiliary transformer for circulating full-load current is included in the circuit of
the two secondaries; it could also be included in the circuit of the primaries. Thus, with only losses
(core-loss and copper-loss) supplied from the mains, a “heat run” test could be conducted on the
transformers.

8. Auxiliary transformer connected to delta/delta transformer is of the type _______________

a) single phase transformer
b) three-phase transformer
c) two-phase transformers
d) can be of any type

Answer: a
Explanation: The primaries are normally excited from the mains. Each secondary delta is opened at
one junction and a single-phase transformer can be employed to circulate full-load current in both
the deltas.

9. If one of the transformers is removed from the bank of only delta-delta, then it will behave as
power delivery transformer of ________
a) 58%
b) 78%
c) 45%
d) 100%

Answer: a
Explanation: It is true as the circuit will still be closed and the transformer will operate will lesser
operating point. This new circuit so formed is also called as open delta circuit, which will deliver
58% of output.

10. Three units of single phase transformers and one single three-phase transformer_____________
a) will be same for one rating
b) can never be made same
c) may be same
d) depends on other factors

Answer: a
Explanation: Three single phase transformers and one single unit of three phase transformer will be
same only, thus, will have same rating. This is done to reduce the cost and spacing, and to gain
various other advantages.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 82

 Transformer Questions & Answers

11. A V-V connected transformer can be connected in parallel to delta-delta connected transformer
but not to _________
a) delta-star
b) star-delta
c) star-V
d) star-delta and star-V both

Answer: a
Explanation: The V-V transformer can be obtained from D-D transformer. The V-V connected
transformer and D-D connected transformers have same phase displacement, so they only can be
connected in parallel to each other.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Additional Testing for Important Transformers

1. Which of the following is not a routine test for transformers?
a) Impedance test
b) Core insulation voltage test
c) Radio interference test
d) Polarity test

Answer: c
Explanation: Impedance test is done on a transformer in order to check net impedance offered by a
transformer circuit at rated supply. Polarity test is also done before SC and OC test on transformer.
Core insulation is also checked before installations in such tests.

2. Which of the following is not required for transformer testing to get an accurate result?
a) Class 0.1 current transformer
b) Class 0.1 voltage transformer
c) High power factor wattmeter
d) Voltmeters

Answer: c
Explanation: To obtain accurate results it is essential that low power factor wattmeter, precision
grade ammeters, voltmeters, and class 0.1 (see BS 3938 and 3941) current and voltage transformers
are used.

3. All the instruments needed for transformer testing should be tested within span of ____________
a) a month

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 83

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 3 months
c) 6 months
d) 12 months

Answer: d
Explanation: These instruments should be checked at intervals not exceeding 12 months to ensure
that the requisite accuracy is maintained. All these instruments are highly sensitive in their
operation, thus to maintain accuracy testing is essential.

4. Epstein square method is used in power transformer installations, to check ___________

a) Core frame insulation
b) Core-plate checks
c) Core-loss measurement
d) Winding copper checks

Answer: a
Explanation: Incoming core plate is checked for thickness and quality of insulation coating. A
sample of the material is cut and built up into a small loop known as an Epstein Square from which
a measurement of specific loss is made. Such a procedure is described in BS 6404.

5. Generally Core frame insulation test is done at _________

a) 10 kV DC
b) 10 kV AC
c) 2KV RMS
d) 2KV DC

Answer: c
Explanation: This is checked by Megger and by application of a 2 kV RMS or 3 kV DC test voltage on
completion of erection of the core. These checks are repeated following replacement of the top
yoke after fitting the windings.

6. Why tanks are tested?

a) Stiffness
b) Vacuum withstand capacity
c) Stiffness and vacuum withstand capacity
d) Any other purpose

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 84

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The first tank of any new design should be checked for stiffness and vacuum
withstand capability. For 275 and 400 kV transformers, a vacuum equivalent to 25 mbar absolute
pressure should be applied. This need only be held long enough to take the necessary readings and
verify that the vacuum is indeed being held, which might take up to 2 hours for a large tank.

7. How much pressure is applied for transformers rated 132 kV and below ones?
a) 330 mbar
b) 300 mbar
c) 400 mbar
d) 500 mbar

Answer: a
Explanation: For transformers rated 132 kV and below a more modest vacuum test equivalent to
330 mbar absolute pressure should be applied. The permissible permanent deflections following
this test should be similar to those allowed for 275 and 400 kV transformer tanks reduced pro-rata
for smaller tanks.

8. Which of the following parameters don’t define that transformer is built correctly?
a) Losses
b) Polarity
c) Tap changing operation
d) Ratio

Answer: a
Explanation: Tests to prove that the transformer has been built correctly: include ratio, polarity,
resistance, and tap change operation. While losses prove the that transformer is guaranteed in its
operation.

9. Which of the following parameters don’t define that transformer is built correctly?
a) Losses
b) Temperature rise
c) Noise level
d) Resistance

Answer: d
Explanation: Tests to prove guarantees; these are losses, impedance, temperature rise, noise level.
While resistance, tap changing, ratio, polarity are the parts of tests that prove that transformer has
been built correctly.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 85

 Transformer Questions & Answers

10. Which of the following tests don’t indicate that transformer will work satisfactorily for atleast 30
Years?
a) Temperature rise
b) Dielectric test
c) Overvoltage test
d) Load current runs

Answer: a
Explanation: Tests to prove that the transformer will be satisfactory in service for at least 30 years.
The tests in this category are the most important and the most difficult to frame: they include all
the dielectric or overvoltage tests, and load current runs.

11. Which of the following is not in the category of special test for a transformer?
a) Short-circuit test
b) Harmonics on the no-load current
c) Power taken by fan and oil-pump motors
d) Open-circuit test

Answer: d
Explanation: Special tests are tests, other than routine or type tests, agreed between manufacturer
and purchaser, for example: test with lightning impulse chopped on the tail, zero-sequence
impedance on three-phase transformers, and other tests included in options.

12. How temperature rise of an oil-immersed transformer is not found out?

a) Short circuit equivalent test
b) Delta/delta test
c) Back-to-back test
d) Normal SC test

Answer: d
Explanation: When a test for temperature rise is specified it is necessary to measure the
temperature rise of the oil and the windings at continuous full load, and the various methods of
conducting this test are as follows: short-circuit equivalent test, back-to-back test, delta/delta test,
open-circuit test.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformer Installations

1. Transformers are generally designed for ___________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 86

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) on-site problem solving

b) one-time use
c) off-site problem solving
d) short-time use

Answer: a
Explanation: Every transformer is designed for use of it for multiple years, thus transformers are
designed to handle the problems on site itself, because it not only saves time but also makes
repairing work easy.

2. When all additional clamping is removed from a transformer?

a) When transformer is made start
b) After start of transformer function
c) Instant before start of transformer function
d) At the time of installations

Answer: d
Explanation: When the tank is correctly positioned on the plinth it must then be carefully examined
for any signs of damage or any other indication that it might have been mishandled during
transport. Any special provisions by way of protection applied during transport must be removed. If
additional clamping has been applied to the core and windings for transport, this must be released
or removed according to the instruction manual.

3. While transformer is transported, its valves are _______________

a) kept open
b) closed with blanking plates
c) can be kept open or can be
closed according to type
d) valves are absent

Answer: b
Explanation: Removal of blanking plates giving access to the tank. Such opening of the tank must
be kept to a minimum time, to reduce the possibility of moisture entering the tank; to assist in this,
manufacturers of large high-voltage transformers provide equipment to blow dry air into the tank
and thus maintain a positive internal pressure.

4. If any transformer is not in operation for some months, still it is advisable to keep it filled with
_______________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 87

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) nitrogen
b) oil
c) normal air
d) hydrogen helium mixture

Answer: b
Explanation: Even if the transformer is not required for service for some months, it is desirable that
it should be filled with oil as soon as possible and certainly within three months of the original date
of draining the oil in the factory. If it is being kept in storage for a period longer than three months
at some location other than its final position, it should similarly be filled with oil.

5. When oil filling procedure has to be started?

a) After fitting of all bushings
b) After replacing access covers
c) After erection of conservator and Buchholz pipe work
d) After fitting bushings, replacing covers, erecting pipe work

Answer: d
Explanation: When all bushings have been fitted, access covers replaced, and conservator and
Buchholz pipe work erected, any cooler bank erected and associated pipe work installed or tank
mounted radiators fitted, preparations can begin for filling with oil.

6. Materials used in construction of transformer are stressed ______________

a) electrically
b) mechanically
c) both electrically and mechanically
d) magnetically

Answer: c
Explanation: The materials used in their construction are highly stressed both electrically and
mechanically, and to achieve satisfactory operation extensive precautions are taken in
manufacture, particularly in respect of insulation quality.

7. After site erection vacuum is made with pressure range of ___________

a) 1 mbar
b) 3 mbar
c) 7 mbar
d) 15 mbar

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 88

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: After completion of site erection, a vacuum pump is applied to the tank and the air
exhausted until a vacuum equivalent to between 5 and 10 mbar can be maintained. If this work is
carried out by the transformer manufacturer, or his appointed subcontractor, there will be no
doubt as to the ability of the tank to withstand the applied vacuum.

8. For 400 kV transformer, moisture content required is _______________

a) below 0.1%
b) below 0.5%
c) above 0.5%
d) below 1%

Answer: b
Explanation: When a new 400 kV transformer is processed in the factory, the aim is to obtain a
moisture content in the cellulose insulation of less than 0.5%. When an oiled cellulose insulation is
exposed to atmosphere, the rate of absorption of moisture depends on the relative humidity of the
atmosphere.

9. Which readings should be taken while drying out process of transformer?

a) Insulation reading between HV and LV
b) Temperature
c) Time
d) Insulation, temperature, time all readings

Answer: d
Explanation: During the drying-out process the following readings should be taken at frequent
regular intervals: Insulation resistance between high-voltage and low-voltage windings and
between each winding and earth, temperature and time.

10. Short circuit method is used for _____________

a) drying out the transformer and oil simultaneously in the transformer tank
b) drying the transformer only, out of its tank.
c) for any type of drying
d) never used

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 89

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Short-circuit method is also used for: Drying out the transformer and oil
simultaneously in the transformer tank, drying the transformer only, out of its tank. During the
process, the low-voltage winding is short-circuited, a low single-phase or three-phase voltage
being applied to the high-voltage windings.
Transformers Questions and Answers – Parallel Operation of Transformers
1. For two transformers connected in parallel, not having unequal percentage impedances, which
statement is correct?
a) Short-circuiting of the secondaries
b) Power factor of one of the transformers is leading while that of the other lagging
c) Transformers having higher copper losses will have negligible core losses
d) Loading of the transformers not in proportion to their kVA ratings

Answer: d
Explanation: In parallel operation of a transformer, loading gets divided between the whole set in
proportion of their impedances. Thus, if impedances are not same then, loading of transformers
will not be in the ratio of their kVA ratings.

2. For the parallel operation of two single phase transformers it is necessary that they should have
________
a) same efficiency
b) same polarity
c) same kVA rating
d) same number of turns on the secondary side

Answer: b
Explanation: Polarity of the two transformers must be same if they are supposed to be operated in
parallel mode of operation. It is okay if they have unequal efficiencies, or unequal kVA ratings, as
parallel connection is still possible.

3. Transformers operating in parallel mode of operation will share the load depending upon their
___________
a) leakage reactance
b) per unit impedance
c) efficiencies
d) ratings

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 90

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: In parallel operation of a transformer, loading of the transformers gets divided

between the whole set in proportion of their per unit impedances. Thus, if per unit impedances are
not same then, loading will not be in the ratio of their kVA ratings.

4. What will happen if the transformers working in parallel are not connected with regard to
polarity?
a) The power factor of the two trans-formers will be different from the power factor of common
load
b) Incorrect polarity will result in dead short circuit
c) The transformers will not share load in proportion to their kVA ratings
d) Cannot be determined

Answer: b
Explanation: As far polarity is concerned, the transformers are connected in the same sequence
when they are operated in parallel combination. An incorrect polarity connection of these
transformers will result in dead short circuit.

5. If the percentage impedances of the two transformers working in parallel are different, then
______________________
a) transformers will be overheated
b) power factors of both the transformers will be same
c) parallel operation will be not possible
d) parallel operation will still be possible, but the power factors at which the two transformers
operate will be different from the power factor of the common load

Answer: d
Explanation: If the percentage impedances of the two transformers which are working in the
parallel are different, then parallel operation is still possible, but load sharing will not be in the
ratio of their kVA loads.

6. A delta/star transformer is connected in parallel to a star/delta transformer. The turn ratio

former is x times latter, the x is _________
a) 3
b) 1/3
c) √3
d) 1/√3

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 91

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Turn ratio of star1/ Turn ratio of delta 1= Vph/Vph/√3= √3

Turn ratio of star 2 / Turn ratio of delta 2= Vph/√3/Vph= 1/√3
Thus, turn ratio of star1/delta1 = 3 * turn ratio of star 2/ delta2.

7. While connecting two transformers in parallel voltage around the local loop _________
a) positive
b) negative
c) equals zero
d) insufficient information

Answer: c
Explanation: The transformers must be connected properly as far as their polarities are concerned
so that the net voltage around the local loop is zero. A wrong polarity connection results in a dead
short circuit.

8. For three phase power transformers relative phase displacement should be ____________
a) 0°
b) 30°
c) 90°
d) 180°

Answer: a
Explanation: Three-phase transformers must have zero relative phase displacement on the
secondary sides and must be connected in a proper phase sequence. Only the transformers of the
same phase group can be paralleled.

9. Y/Y and Y/D transformers can be paralleled.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: For example, Y/Y and Y/D transformers cannot be paralleled as their secondary
voltages will have a phase difference of 30°. Transformers with +30° and –30° phase shift can,
however, be paralleled by reversing the phase-sequence of one of them.

10. Why transformers connected in parallel should have same voltage ratio?
a) To avoid full load circulating current
b) To avoid no-load circulating current

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 92

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) To avoid other losses

d) To avoid all type of currents

Answer: b
Explanation: The transformers must have the same voltage-ratio to avoid no-load circulating
current when transformers are in parallel on both primary and secondary sides. Since the leakage
impedance is low, even a small voltage difference can give rise to considerable no-load circulating
current and extra I R loss.
11. Why transformers are paralleled?
a) Economical than replacing by one single large unit
b) Less maintaining cost
c) To handle more load
d) Economical factors, more load capacity, less maintenance

Answer: d
Explanation: When the load outgrows the capacity of an existing transformer, it may be economical
to install another one in parallel with it rather than replacing it with a single larger unit. Also,
sometimes in a new installation, two units in parallel, though more expensive, may be preferred
over a single unit for reasons of reliability—half the load can be supplied with one unit out. Further,
the cost of maintaining a spare is less with two units in parallel.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Load Division Between Transformers in Parallel

1. If the primary voltages at two transformers V1 and V2 are not equal then on load, we’ll get
____________
a) V -V at secondary
b) E -E at secondary
c) V +V at secondary
d) E +E at secondary

Answer: b
Explanation: When two transformers paralleled on both sides with proper polarities but on no-load.
The primary voltages V and V are obviously equal. If the voltage-ratio of the two transformers are
not identical, the secondary induced emfs, E1 and E though in phase will not be equal in magnitude
and the difference (E -E ) will appear across the switch S.

2. If two transformers’ secondaries are connected to each other with unequal primary voltage ratio
then,
__________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 93

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) no circulating current will flow

b) very high short circuit current will flow
c) small circulating current will flow
d) insufficient information

Answer: c
Explanation: When secondaries are paralleled by closing the switch, a circulating current appears
even though the secondaries are not supplying any load, as a result of difference in their voltage
ratios.

3. The circulating current flowing through the circuit at no load condition depends on
________________
a) total leakage impedance of the two transformers
b) difference in their voltage ratios
c) difference in voltage ratios, leakage impedance of 2 transformers
d) other parameters

Answer: c
Explanation: The circulating current flowing at no-load condition depend upon the total leakage
impedance of the two transformers and the difference in their voltage ratios. Only a small
difference in the voltage-ratios can be tolerated.

4. If the transformers have equal voltage ratio then, ____________

a) exciting current can be neglected
b) summation of two transformer currents is not equal to the net load current
c) difference of two transformer currents is equal to the net load current
d) current will not flow

Answer: a
Explanation: When the transformers have equal voltage ratio, E1 = E2, the equivalent circuit of the
two transformers would then be simple because of the assumption that the exciting current can be
neglected in comparison to the load current.

5. Which is the correct formula for current flowing through the transformer 1, when they’re having
equal voltage ratio?
a) I = Z /(Z +Z ) *I
b) I = Z /(Z +Z ) *I
c) I = Z /(Z +Z ) *I

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 94

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) I = Z /(Z -Z ) *I

Answer: a
Explanation: Since both the transformers are having same number of turns and thus equal voltage
ratios, it is easier for analysis of current as division in two branches will be according to the Ohm’s
law, which is the answer.

6. Individual currents are in two loaded transformers ______________

a) inversely proportional to the respective leakage impedances
b) inversely proportional to the net leakage impedances
c) inversely proportional to another leakage impedance
d) directly proportional to the respective leakage impedances

Answer: a
Explanation: the individual currents are inversely proportional to the respective leakage
impedances. Thus, if the transformers are to divide the total load in proportion to their kVA ratings,
it is necessary that the leakage impedances be inversely proportional to the respective kVA ratings.

7. Which of the following is the correct ratio, for transformers having equal voltage ratios?
a) Z /Z = S (rated)/ S (rated)
b) Z /Z = S (rated)/ S (rated)
c) Z /Z = I (rated)/ I (rated)
d) Depends upon the type of connection

Answer: a
Explanation: If the transformers are to divide the total load in proportion to their kVA ratings, it is
necessary that the leakage impedances be inversely proportional to the respective kVA ratings.
Thus, Z /Z = S (rated)/ S (rated) = V I / V I . Hence, Z /Z = I / I .

8. Which of the following is the correct statement?

a) S (max)= S (rated) Z +Z /Z
b) S (max)= S1(rated) Z +Z /Z
c) S (max)= S (rated) Z +Z /Z
d) S (max)= S (rated)+S (rated)

Answer: c
Explanation: We can define maximum load in kVA relating with rated kVA of transformer 1 as,
S (rated)= (Z /Z +Z1) *S (max). Thus, by rearranging terms we get S (max)= S (rated)

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 95

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Z +Z /Z and SL(max)= S (rated) Z1+Z /Z .

9. Maximum load kVA is _____________________

a) greater than addition of individual rated kVAs
b) lesser than addition of individual rated kVAs
c) equal to addition of individual rated kVAs
d) depends on the loading condition

Answer: b
Explanation: As S (max)= S2(rated) Z +Z /Z and S (max)= S (rated) Z +Z /Z , because of individual
leakage impedances are inversely proportional to the respective kVA ratings. Important thing is in
either of the above cases maximum kVA loading is lesser than the addition
of both rated kVAs.

10. Which is the correct formula of current flowing through one of the transformers having unequal
ratios?
a) I = E Z -(E -E ) Z / (Z Z + ZL(Z +Z ))
b) I = E Z +(E +E ) Z / (Z Z + ZL(Z +Z ))
c) I = E Z -(E -E ) Z / (Z Z – ZL(Z -Z ))
d) I = E Z +(E -E ) Z / (Z Z + ZL(Z +Z ))

Answer: a
Explanation: We know that a small difference in voltage ratios can be tolerated in the parallel
operation of transformers. Thus, in the unequal voltage ratio condition current will flow from
depending on both of the options stated above.

11. A 600-kVA, single-phase transformer with 0.012 pu resistance and 0.06 pu reactance is
connected in parallel with a 300-kVA transformer with 0.014 pu resistance and 0.045 pu reactance
to share a load of 800 kVA at 0.8 pf lagging. Find how they share the load (a) when both the
secondary voltages are 440 V.
a) S = 377+j305.2
b) S = 377-j305.2
c) S = 264+ j171.6
d) S = 377-j305.2

Answer: d
Explanation: Z = 0.012+j 0.06
Z = 2(0.014+j0.045)

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 96

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Z +Z2= 0.04+ j0.15

The load is SL = 800(0.8-0.6j)
Thus, S = Z /Z +Z S , we get S = 377- j305.2
S = Z /Z +Z S , we get S = 264-j171.6.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Three Winding Transformers

1. Three winding and two winding transformers work on same working principle.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Both the transformers work on the same principle of electromagnetic induction.
Transformers may be built with a third winding in addition to the primary and secondary winding
called the tertiary. There are various purposes which dictate the use of a tertiary winding.

2. Why tertiary winding is used?

a) To make circuit stable
b) To provide voltage supply to the substations different from the primary and secondary voltage
levels
c) To connect static capacitors for reactive power injection
d) Stable circuit, different voltage output, static capacitor connection

Answer: d
Explanation: Tertiary winding can be used to supply the substation auxiliaries at a voltage different
from those of the primary and secondary windings. Static capacitors or synchronous condensers
may be connected to the tertiary winding of a transformer for reactive power injection into the
system for voltage control.

3. Tertiary winding is generally _________

a) star connected
b) delta connected
c) open-delta connected
d) star or open-delta connected

Answer: b
Explanation: Tertiary winding of the three-winding transformer is generally delta connected which
is helpful in reducing the impedance offered to the zero sequence currents thus, it allows a larger
earth fault current to flow for proper operation of protective equipment.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 97

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. Tertiary winding allows the flow of _______________

a) third harmonic currents
b) fifth harmonic currents
c) seventh harmonic currents
d) eleventh harmonic currents

Answer: a
Explanation: Delta-connected tertiary winding limits voltage imbalance when the load is
unbalanced.
It also permits the third harmonic current to flow which ultimately reduces third-harmonic voltage.
Thus, performs as a stabilizing winding to the transformer.
5. Tertiary winding can be used for ____________
a) to maximize the core area
b) to measure voltage during
HV testing of transformer
c) to fill up the space between primary and secondary windings
d) to measure voltage during open circuit testing of transformer

Answer: b
Explanation: There are many uses of tertiary winding, such as, three windings may be used for
interconnecting three transmission lines at different voltages. Tertiary winding can serve the
purpose of measuring voltage of an HV testing transformer.

6. Any unbalanced load can be divided into _______________

a) positive and negative sequence components
b) positive, negative and zero sequence components
c) only in positive and zero sequence components
d) only in negative and zero sequence components

Answer: b
Explanation: Any unbalanced load can be divided into three 3-phase sets (positive, negative and
zero sequence components). The zero-sequence component (co-phasal currents on three lines, I0=
In/3) caused by a line-to-neutral load on the secondary side cannot be balanced by primary
currents as the zero-sequence currents cannot flow in the isolated neutral star connected primary.

7. Which currents flow through the delta-connected tertiary winding?

a) Positive sequence currents

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 98

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Negative sequence currents

c) Zero sequence currents
d) All sequence currents

Answer: c
Explanation: Iron path is available for the zero-sequence flux in a bank of single-phase units and in
the 5-limb core and as a consequence the impedance offered to the zero-sequence currents is very
high (0.5 to 5 pu) inhibiting the flow of these currents. The provision of a delta-connected tertiary
permits the circulation of zero-sequence currents in it, thereby considerably reducing the zero-
sequence impedance.

8. Simple phase equivalent circuit of three winding transformer can be shown as ____________
a) simple star network
b) simple parallel network
c) simple series network
d) can be shown accordingly

Answer: a
Explanation: Particular winding can be represented as equivalent resistor and reactance. For
simplicity, the effect of the exciting current can be ignored in the equivalent circuit. It may be noted
that the load division between the secondary and tertiary is completely arbitrary.

9. How impedance of particular winding can be calculated?

a) Z = Z +Z +Z
b) Z = 1/2½ (Z +Z-Z )
c) Z = Z -Z +Z
d) Z = Z +Z -Z

Answer: c
Explanation: The single-phase equivalent of three-winding transformer can be shown. According to
the short circuit test one can easily find the short circuit impedance between winding 1 and 2 as Z
and thus, formula for primary impedance can be calculated.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Phase Conversion

1. Only Scott connection is used for _________
a) Converting three-phase to two-phase conversion
b) Converting three-phase to single-phase conversion
c) Converting single-phase to two-phase conversion

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 99

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) None of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: Scott connection is used for obtaining two-phase supply as it is needed for various
special purposes like supplying two-phase electric arc furnaces and can easily obtained from three-
phase supply by this method.

2. In Scott connection, according to the vector diagram two windings are placed at ______________
a) At 1200 to each other
b) Perpendicular with respect to each other
c) At 600 to each other
d) Can’t say

Answer: b
Explanation: For a transformer vector diagram, if one winding is kept along the perpendicular axis
of another winding then one can obtain two-phase supply from three-phase supply by using Scott
connection. Physically this can be obtained by appropriate turns ratio.

3. What is the ratio of voltage/turn of two windings of a transformer in operated in Scott

connection?
a) ½
b) 1/
√2
c) 1
d) 1/√3

Answer: c
Explanation: The transformer primaries must have √3 N /2 (teaser) and N1 turns; this would mean
equal voltage/turn in each transformer. A balanced 2-phase supply could then be easily obtained
by having both secondaries with equal number of turns, N .

4. The primaries of two transformers in Scott connection are in turns ratio of ___________
a) √3/2: 1
b) 2/√3: √2
c) 1:1
d) Can’t say

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 100

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: A 2-phase supply could thus be obtained by means of transformers; one connected
perpendicular according to the vector diagram is called the teaser transformer and the other is
connected across, with turns ratio √3/2: 1 respectively.

5. The secondaries of two transformers are in ratio ____

a) 1:1
b) √3/2: 1
c) √3: 1
d) √2: 1

Answer: a
Explanation: Though transformer primaries are in the ratio of √3/2: 1 with respect to each other
secondary windings of these transformers are in ratio of 1:1. This simply means that both of these
transformers have equal voltage per turns.
6. In Scott connection neutral point is located at _______________
a) Three phase side at teaser
b) Two-phase side
c) Three phase side secondary
d) Anywhere

Answer: a
Explanation: Neutral point if required can be located on three phase side of a transformer at teaser
in Scott connection which is used to obtain two-phase supply from three-phase supply. Neutral
point is located at teaser winding dividing the winding in the ratio 1:2.

7. For single-phase to three-phase change in transformer which of the following connection is most
suitable?
a) Scott connection
b) Scott connection with resistor network
c) Scott connection with some energy storing device
d) Any of the mentioned

Answer: c
Explanation: A single-phase power pulsates at twice the frequency, while the total power drawn by
a balanced 3-phase load is constant. Thus a 1-phase load can never be transferred to a 3-phase

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 101

 Transformer Questions & Answers

system as a balanced load without employing some energy-storing device (capacitor, inductor or
rotating machine).

8. For 3/6-phase converter transformers __________

a) Scott connection is used
b) Each secondary winding is divided
c) Each primary winding is divided
d) Can’t be done

Answer: b
Explanation: For converting 3-phase to 6-phase, three-phase delta connection is used on primary
side. Each secondary phase is divided into two equal halves with appropriate polarity and
corresponding
6-phase voltage is obtained.

9. In 3/6-phase connection of transformers _______________

a) Secondaries are two stars in phase sequence
b) Secondaries are two deltas in phase sequence
c) Secondaries are two stars in phase opposition
d) Secondaries are two deltas in phase opposition

Answer: c
Explanation: Six-phase voltages (characteristic angle 360°/6 = 60°) are obtained by means of two
stars in phase opposition, each star being formed from three respective half-windings. This is done
without Scott connection.

10. 3/6-phase circuit is employed for providing DC path in some circuits.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: In certain applications like thyristors and rectifiers six-phase supply is required for
providing path for the DC current. Therefore, it becomes necessary to convert three-phase AC
supply into six-phase.

11. Two single-phase furnaces let’s say, A and B are supplied at 100 V by means of a Scott
connected

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 102

 Transformer Questions & Answers

transformer combination from a 3-phase 6600 V system. The voltage of furnace A is leading.
Calculate the line current on the 3-phase side, when the furnace A takes 400 kW
at 0.707 pf lagging and B takes 800 kW at unity pf.
a) 110 A
b) 99 A
c) 250 A
d) 149 A

Answer: b
Explanation: N /N = 6600/100= 60
√3/2 (N /N ) = 57.16
Furnace currents are= I = 400*1000/ (100*0.707) = 5658 A
Similarly, I = 8000 A
On 3-phase side, I = 5658/57.16 = 99 A.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Tap Changing Transformers – 1

1. Why tapping is necessary?
a) To provide a neutral point
b) To vary secondary voltage
c) To control real and reactive power flow in the network
d) For neutral point, variation in secondary voltage, controlling power flow

Answer: d
Explanation: Voltage variation in power systems is a normal phenomenon owing to the rapid
growth of industries and distribution network. System voltage control is therefore essential for
many purposes as listed above.

2. Common range pf tap changing is __________

a) 5%
b) 7%
c) 15%
d) 10%

Answer: a
Explanation: Adjustment is normally carried out by off-circuit tap changing, the common range
being 5% in 2.5% steps. Daily and short-time control or adjustment is carried out by means of on-
load tap changing gear, which makes this application easier.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 103

 Transformer Questions & Answers

3. How tap changing is achieved?

a) Voltage variation with constant flux and constant voltage turn
b) With varying flux
c) Either by voltage variation or by flux variation
d) Can’t be done by variation in voltage or flux

Answer: c
Explanation: Tap changing may be achieved in one of the three conditions, viz.
(i) voltage variation with constant flux and constant voltage turn,
(ii) with varying flux,
(iii) a mix of (i) and (ii).

4. Negative tapping means ________________

a) less turns than positive tap
b) less turns than principal tap
c) less turns than zero tap
d) more turns than principal tap

Answer: b
Explanation: The principal tapping is one to which the rating of the winding is related. A positive
tapping means more turns and a negative tapping implies less turns than those of the principal tap.
Tap changing may be achieved by three conditions.
5. Tapping is done at _________________
a) primary only
b) secondary only
c) primary or secondary side
d) on both sides

Answer: c
Explanation: Tapping can be done to either primary or secondary sides. The taps may be placed on
the primary or secondary side which depends on construction. Tapping is thus so useful for various
applications.

6. Bushing insulators are required when ____________

a) tapping is done near the neutral end
b) tapping is done at the line ends
c) tapping is done
d) they are not required

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 104

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: The taps may be placed on the primary or secondary side which partly depends on
construction. If tapping is near the line ends, fewer bushings insulators are required. If the tappings
are placed near the neutral ends, the phase-to-phase insulation conditions are eased.

7. For achieving large voltage regulation tapping should be done at _____________

a) at the upper ends
b) at the lower ends
c) at the centre
d) anywhere

Answer: c
Explanation: For achieving large voltage variation, tappings should be placed near the centres of
the phase windings to reduce magnetic asymmetry. It is generally done on that winding which is
placed outside.

8. In case of large voltage variations transformers are tapped at _____________

a) LV
b) HV
c) Both LV and HV
d) Can’t be tapped
Answer: b
Explanation: Centre tapped arrangement cannot be put on LV windings placed next to the core (as
in core type transformer) because of accessibility and insulation considerations. The HV winding
placed outside the LV winding is easily accessible and can, thus, be tapped easily.

9. Tapping of HV winding is advantageous for _____________

a) step-up transformer
b) step-down transformer
c) both type of transformers
d) never advantageous

Answer: b
Explanation: It is not possible to tap other than an integral number of turns and this may not be
feasible with LV side tappings. An example can illustrate this, 250 V phase winding with 15 V/turn
cannot be tapped closer than 5%. It is therefore essential to tap the HV windings which is
advantageous in a step-down transformer.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 105

 Transformer Questions & Answers

10. Tap changing do not causes change in losses of a transformer.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Axial mmf unbalance is minimized by thinning out the LV winding or by arranging
parts of the winding more symmetrically. For very large tapping range, a special tapping coil can be
employed. Tap changing causes changes in leakage reactance, core loss, I2R loss and perhaps
some problems in parallel operation of dissimilar transformers.

11. Off-circuit tap changer is used when transformer is ________________

a) deenergized
b) energized
c) can be use
d in either energy conditions
d) never used

Answer: a
Explanation: The cheapest method of changing the turn ratio of a transformer is the use of off-
circuit tap changer. As the name off-circuit tap changer indicates, it is required to de-energize the
transformer before changing the tap.
Transformers Questions and Answers – Tap Changing Transformers – 2
1. Face plate carrying suitable studs is mounted on _____________
a) lower yoke
b) upper yoke
c) away from tapped positions
d) anywhere

Answer: b
Explanation: The face plate carrying the suitable studs can be mounted at a convenient place on
the transformer such as upper yoke or located near the tapped positions on the windings. The
movable contact arm A may be rotated by hand wheel mounted externally on the tank.

2. Why micro switch is provided to open the circuit breaker?

a) To prevent inadvertent operation
b) To make circuit energized again
c) To avoid un-authorised operation

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 106

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) For various other purposes

Answer: a
Explanation: To prevent inadvertent operation, an electromagnetic latching device or microswitch
is provided to open the circuit breaker so as to deenergize the transformer as soon as the tap
changer handle is moved; well before the contact of the arm with the stud (with which it was in
contact) opens.

3. With the introduction of on-load tap changers, operating efficiency ___________

a) improves
b) decreases
c) depends on the application
d) stays constant

Answer: a
Explanation: On-load tap changers are used to change the turn ratio of transformer to regulate
system voltage while the transformer is delivering load. With the introduction of on-load tap
changer, the operating efficiency of electrical system gets considerably improved.

4. During the operation of on-load tap changer main circuit ______________

a) can be opened
b) always closed
c) depends on application type
d) depends on the construction

Answer: b
Explanation: During the operation of an on-load tap changer the main circuit should not be opened
to prevent (dangerous) sparking and no part of the tapped winding should get short-circuited. All
forms of on-load tap changing circuits are provided with an impedance, which is introduced to
limit short circuit current during the tap changing operation.

5. On-load tap changers are generally _______________

a) resistor type
b) reactor type
c) can be resistor type or reactor type
d) can’t say

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 107

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: All forms of on-load tap changing circuits are provided with an impedance, which is
introduced to limit short circuit current during the tap changing operation. The impedance can
either be a resistor type or centre-tapped reactor can also be used. The on-load tap changers can
in general be classified as resistor or reactor type.

6. In modern type, all tap-changers are made of _____________

a) resistor type
b) reactor type
c) can be either resistor or reactor type
d) can’t say

Answer: a
Explanation: The impedance can either be a resistor or centre-tapped reactor. The on-load tap
changers can in general be classified as two types- resistor or reactor type. In modern designs the
current limiting is almost invariably carried out by a pair of resistors.

7. Why an energy storage device is provided on on-load tap changing transformers?

a) To ensure transition is started
b) To store additional energy
c) To ensure that transition once started is completed
d) To check the extra energy produced due to transition

Answer: c
Explanation: To ensure that the transition once started gets completed, an energy storage (usually
a spring device) is provided which acts even if the auxiliary power supply happens to fail. It thus,
serves an important role.

8. Highest tap changers available as on today are ___________

a) 1475 kV impulse
b) 2000 kV impulse
c) 575 kV impulse
d) 955 kV impulse

Answer: a
Explanation: At present tap changers are available for the highest insulation level of 1475 kV (peak)
impulse and 630 kV power frequency voltage. Efforts are underway to develop tap changers
suitable for still higher insulation levels.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 108

 Transformer Questions & Answers

9. Which of the following is/are part/s of tap changing circuit?

a) Automatic voltage regulator
b) A time delay relay
c) Compounding elements
d) AVR, time delay relay, compounding elements

Answer: d
Explanation: The main components are an automatic voltage regulator, a time delay relay, and
compounding elements. The time delay here, prevents unwanted initiation of a tap change by a
small transient voltage fluctuation. It may be set for a delay upto 1 min.

10. Compact tap changers are made of _____________

a) thyristorized tap changers
b) vacuum switches in diverter switch
c) metallic tap changers
d) rubbered tap changers

Answer: b
Explanation: More compact tap changers with high reliability and performance are being made by
employing vacuum switches in the diverter switch. Also, now thyristorized tap changers are
available widely in market for special applications where a large number of operations are desired.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Voltage and Current Transformers

1. What will happen if secondary of a current transformer is open-circuited?
a) hot because of heavy iron losses
b) hot because primary will carry heavy current
c) cool as there is no secondary current
d) depends on other parameters

Answer: a
Explanation: If secondary of current transformer is made open-circuited the transformer
temperature will rise to higher value because of heavy iron losses taking place in the circuit due to
high flux density.

2. The secondary winding of which of the following listed transformers is always kept closed?
a) Step-up transformer
b) Step-down transformer

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 109

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) Potential transformer
d) Current transformer

Answer: d
Explanation: Current transformer works on the principle of shorted secondary. It simply means that
burden on the system Z is equal to 0. This transformer produces a current in its secondary which is
proportional to the current in its primary.

3. Current transformers are used for _____________________

a) to provide to measure voltages
b) to measure high value of currents
c) to short-circuit the unwanted instruments
d) to measure low value of currents

Answer: b
Explanation: It is the current ratio transformer meant for measuring large currents and provide a
step- down current to current measuring instruments like an ammeter. Such instruments present a
short circuit
to the CT secondary.

4. The secondary of a current transformer is always kept short-circuited while operating because it
_______________________
a) avoids core saturation and high voltage induction
b) is safe to human beings
c) protects the primary circuit
d) to keep temperature within limits

Answer: a
Explanation: Secondary side of current transformer is always kept short circuited in order to avoid
core saturation and provide high voltage induction, so that current transformer can be used to
measure high values of currents.

5. In CT deep saturation will cause when _________________

a) if circuit is short-circuited
b) if circuit is open-circuited
c) in both OC and SC conditions
d) if operated at very high supply

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 110

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: Most important precaution in use of a CT is that in no case should it be open circuited
(even accidently). As the primary current is independent of the secondary current, all of it acts as a
magnetizing current when the secondary is opened. This results in deep saturation of the core
which
cannot be returned to the normal state and so the CT is no longer usable.

6. Current transformers are __________________

a) series connected type of instrument transformers
b) parallel connected type of instrument transformers
c) series-parallel connected type of instrument transformers
d) parallel connected normal transformers

Answer: a
Explanation: Current transformer (CT) is a series connected type of instrument transformer. They
are designed to present negligible load to the supply which is being measured and also have an
accurate current ratio and phase relationship to enable accurate secondary connected metering.

7. Voltage transformers are designed to have _____________

a) high leakage reactance
b) high magnetizing current
c) high magnetizing reactance
d) low magnetizing reactance

Answer: c
Explanation: Voltage transformers often known as potential transformers are designed with
minimum errors and to achieve this they are constructed with low leakage reactance, low loss and
high magnetizing reactance.

8. Which of the following can be considered as error for Potential transformer?

a) Magnitude errors
b) Phase errors
c) Unit errors
d) Magnitude and phase errors

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 111

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: V /V differs from the desired value (N /N ) in magnitude and phase resulting in
magnitude and phase errors. Such errors are required to be kept within the limit defined by the
precision required. In order to achieve this a PT-potential transformer is designed specially.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Audio Frequency Transformer

1. Audio frequency transformers are used ________________
a) Input stage of audio frequency electronic amplifier
b) Intermediate stage of audio frequency electronic amplifier
c) Output stage of audio frequency electronic amplifier
d) Anywhere in the amplifier circuitry

Answer: c
Explanation: Audio frequency transformers are used at the output stage of audio frequency
electronic amplifier for matching the load to the output impedance of the power amplifier stage.
Here the load is fixed but the frequency is variable over a band.

2. Which of the following is the most desirable frequency response for audio frequency
transformers?
a) Rising
b) Flat-topped
c) Decreasing
d) Depends on the application

Answer: b
Explanation: The response being the ratio V2/V1. A flat frequency response over the frequency band
of interest is most desirable in these cases. The corresponding phase angle (angle of V2 w.r.t. V1) is
called phase response. A small angle is acceptable.

3. Stray capacitance in the IF region acts as __________

a) closed circuit
b) open circuit
c) first close then open circuit
d) first open then close circuit

Answer: b
Explanation: Shunting effect of transformer windings stray capacitance CS. In the intermediate
frequency (IF) range the shunt branch acts like an open circuit and series impedance drop is also
negligibly small such that V2/V1 remains fixed (flat response).

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 112

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. Magnetizing susceptance is low in __________________

a) IF region
b) LF region
c) HF region
d) In all regions

Answer: b
Explanation: In the LF (low frequency) region the magnetizing susceptance is low and draws a large
current with a consequent large voltage drop in (r1 + jω
L1). As a result, V2/V1 drops sharply to zero
as Bm = 0.

5. Stray capacitance susceptance has a strong shunting effect in _________________

a) IF region
b) LF region
c) HF region
d) In all regions

Answer: c
Explanation: In the HF (high frequency) region BS = 1/ωCS (stray capacitance susceptance) has a
strong shunting effect and V /V drops off, can be shown by the complete frequency response of a
transformer on logarithmic frequency scale as decreasing.

6. How low reactance condition is achieved in potential transformer?

a) By using minimum number of turns
b) By varying thickness of wire
c) By interlacing both windings on same limb
d) By other methods
Answer: c
Explanation: Low reactance is achieved by interlacing primary and secondary both on core limb.
High magnetizing reactance according to physics, requires minimum iron path and high
permeability steel. Low loss requires low-loss steel and very thin laminations.

7. Which of the following is most important way to reduce errors in PT?

a) Low magnetizing current
b) High magnetizing reactance
c) Low loss
d) High burden

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 113

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: There are various ways to minimize the errors in potential transformer, like low
leakage reactance, low loss and high magnetizing reactance, etc. But the most important thing for
low PT errors is to make the burden (Z ) as high as feasible.

8. Potential transformers are ____________

a) step up transformers
b) step down transformers
c) can be of any type according to the application
d) step up and step down transformer

Answer: b
Explanation: Potential transformer or voltage transformer are used in electrical power system for
stepping down the system voltage to a different safe value which can be fed to low ratings meters
and relays.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Grounding and Welding Transformer

1. When grounding transformer is employed?
a) When neutral is available
b) When neutral is not available
c) When transformer of type Y/D is used
d) Always

Answer: b
Explanation: In case the neutral of the power transformer is not available for grounding (e.g. when
a DD transformer is used), a special Y-D transformer is employed only for neutral grounding, such a
transformer is called a grounding transformer.
2. Grounding transformer is ______________
a) Step-up transformer
b) Step-down transformer
c) Autotransformer
d) Any transformer can be grounding transformer

Answer: b
Explanation: Grounding transformer is special type of transformer which is employed when neutral
is not available in power transformers. It is constructed in Y-D winding format and always a step-
down transformer.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 114

 Transformer Questions & Answers

3. The secondaries of grounding transformer are generally ___________________

a) Star only
b) Star with neutral taken out
c) Delta
d) Open-delta

Answer: c
Explanation: The star connected primaries are connected to the system and its neutral is grounded.
The secondaries are in delta and generally do not supply any load but provide a closed path for
harmonic currents to circulate in them.

4. Which harmonic currents flow through the grounding transformer secondary?

a) Triple
b) Fifth
c) Eleventh
d) Seventh

Answer: a
Explanation: The secondaries of grounding transformer are in delta and do not supply any load but
provide a closed path for triple n harmonic currents to circulate in them. Under balanced
conditions the current in a grounding transformer is its own exciting current.

5. Under fault conditions current flowing through the grounding transformer is _____________
a) very large
b) zero
c) some small non-zero value
d) depends on fault
Answer: a
Explanation: Under balanced conditions the current in a grounding transformer is its own exciting
current. Under fault conditions (such as LG fault) large current may flow in it. Hence a grounding
transformer should be of sufficient rating to withstand the effects of LG (line to ground) faults.

6. Welding transformer is _______________________

a) step-up transformer
b) step-down transformer
c) auto transformer
d) one-one transformer

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 115

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: Welding transformer is special type of transformer which is basically a step-down
transformer. Welding transformer has high reactance both in primary winding and secondary
winding.

7. V-I characteristics of welding transformer are _____________________

a) increasing slowly
b) increasing steeply
c) decreasing slowly
d) decreasing steeply

Answer: d
Explanation: Welding transformer has primary and secondary winding are placed in separate limbs
or in the same limbs but spaced distance apart. This high reactance causes steeply drooping V-I
characteristics.

8. For welding transformer as current increases induced emf ______________________

a) stays constant
b) increases
c) decreases
d) depends on application

Answer: c
Explanation: Welding transformers have steeply drooping characteristics. with increase in current,
the leakage flux increase and the induced emf will come down. This is why the increase in primary
or secondary current increases the reactance voltage drop across the respective windings.

9. Welding transformers work on principle that weld is actually __________________

a) open circuit
b) short circuit
c) circuit with finite resistance
d) circuit with finite reactance

Answer: b
Explanation: The increase in primary or secondary current of welding transformer increases the
reactance voltage drop across the respective windings, which is essential to limit the welding
current as the weld is practically a short circuit.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 116

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformers as Magnetically Coupled Circuits

1. Considering transformer as a magnetically coupled circuit, the voltage at the primary of the
transformer is _________________
a) R i + L *di /dt – M*di /dt
b) R i + L *di /dt + M*di /dt
c) R i – L *di /dt + M*di /dt
d) R i – L *di /dt – M*di /dt

Answer: a
Explanation: If transformer is considered as a magnetically coupled circuit, then by fundamental
Kirchoff’s law one can find equations for applied voltage, current and inductance of each coil of a
transformer.

2. Considering transformer as a magnetically coupled circuit, the voltage at the secondary of the
transformer is _________________
a) R i + L *di /dt – M*di /dt
b) R i + L *di /dt + M*di /dt
c) -R i + L *di /dt – M*di /dt
d) -R i – L *di /dt + M*di /dt

Answer: d
Explanation: If transformer is considered as a magnetically coupled circuit, then by fundamental
Kirchoff’s voltage law one can find equations for applied voltage, current and inductance of each
coil of a transformer, considering the direction of current, which implies negative sign.

3. Core magnetizing current is __________________

a) i -i /a
b) i +i /a
c) i /a-i /a
d) i /a+i /a

Answer: a
Explanation: The current flowing through the primary is divided into two parts, one of which flows
through series parameters of the circuit which is equal to i2/a and the remaining current flows
through the parallel branch.

4. Which of the following ratio is equal to N /N ?

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 117

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) L /L
b) L /L
c) √ (L /L )
d) √ (L /L )

Answer: c
Explanation: When tight coupling is considered, k=1. Because, leakage is equal to 0. So, φ
C =φand
C = φ. Thus, it follows from equations N /N (M/L ) = N /N (M/L ). By solving this equality, we get
φ
the answer.

5. A transformer has turn ratio of a = 10. The primary on application of 200 V draws 4 A with
secondary open circuited which is found to have a voltage of 1950 V. Then, L1 is equal to
______________
a) 0.19 H
b) 0.159 H
c) 0.9 H
d) 0.259H

Answer: b
Explanation: Xm = 200/4 = 50 Ω, we also know that Xm = 2π
fL1. Here frequency denoted by f is equal
to 50 Hz. While Xm is calculated previously by taking ratio of voltage with currents.

6. A transformer has turn ratio of a = 10. The primary on application of 200 V draws 4 A with
secondary open circuited which is found to have a voltage of 1950 V. Then, M is equal
to______________
a) 1.9 H
b) 1.55 H
c) 9 H
d) 2.59 H

Answer: b
Explanation: Xm = 200/4 = 50 Ω, we also know that Xm = 2π
fL1. So, by calculations at f= 50 Hz we
get, value of L1 equal to 0.159 H. now, 1950 = √2πN2 φ
max =√2πψ
max.
max = 1950/ √2π= 8.78 Wb-T.
ψ
M= ψ
max/ i1(max)= 8.78/ (√2*4) = 1.55 H.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 118

 Transformer Questions & Answers

7. What is the coupling factor if self-inductances and mutual inductance are 5.096 H, 0.05098 H and
0.5096 H respectively?
a) 1
b) 1.499
c) 1.2
d) 0.699

Answer: a
Explanation: Coupling factor is calculated by the ratio of mutual inductance with square root of
product of respective self-inductances. That is, k = M/ √(L1L2) = 0.5096 /√(5.096 * 0.05098) =0.9999
=1.

8. Total cross-sectional area of earthing conductor depends on _____________

a) Minimum fault current
b) Maximum fault current
c) System output voltage
d) System input voltage

Answer: b
Explanation: The chief points to be borne in mind when installing an earthing equipment are, that
it must possess sufficient total cross-sectional area to carry the maximum fault current, and it must
have a very low resistance in order to keep down to a safe value the potential gradient in the earth
surrounding the plates, etc., under fault conditions.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Neutral Earthing in Transformers

1. Categories for a transformer earthing of a system neutral are ___
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) Many

Answer: b
Explanation: Fortunately for transformer designers, earthing of a system neutral can only fall into
one of three categories. These are: Neutral solidly earthed, Neutral earthed via an impedance,
Neutral isolated.

2. Which of the following neutral earthing method is disadvantageous?

a) Neutral solidly earthed

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 119

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) Neutral earthed via an impedance

c) Neutral isolated
d) Neutrally

Answer: c
Explanation: Due to the problems and disadvantages of the third alternative that is neutral isolated,
it is unlikely that it will be encountered in practice so that it is only necessary to be able to design
for the first two.

3. Minimum voltage above which electrical system needs to be earthed is _____

a) 50 V
b) 5 V
c) 10 V
d) 20 V

Answer: d
Explanation: According to regulations and acts made in earlier years Every electrical system rated
at greater than 50 V shall be connected to earth. Here minimum voltage is defined at the level of 50
V. Various other rules are defined according to the voltage ranges.

4. What is the low voltage range according to the earthing procedures?

a) 5 V – 100 V
b) 0 V – 100 V
c) 50 V – 1000 V
d) 0 V – 1000 V

Answer: c
Explanation: Low voltage is defined as exceeding 50 V but not exceeding 1000 V and is mainly
referring to 415 V distribution networks. For low voltage systems the regulations say that ‘no
impedance shall be inserted in any connection with earth.

5. Low voltage systems should be solidly earthed.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Low-voltage systems must be solidly earthed. The system of protective multiple
earthing, which can be advantageous on 415 V distribution networks in some situations, is

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 120

 Transformer Questions & Answers

permitted on low-voltage systems subject to certain other conditions but this still requires that the
neutral should be solidly earthed ‘at or as near as is reasonably practicable to the source of
voltage.

6. Earthed neutral allows rapid operation of protection to ___________

a) Line to line faults
b) Earthed faults
c) Other faults
d) For all faults

Answer: b
Explanation: An earthed neutral allows rapid operation of protection immediately an earth fault
occurs on the system. The earthed neutral in conjunction with sensitive earth fault protection
results in the faulty section being isolated at an early stage of the fault.

7. Which method will reduce the cost of insulation between earth and cables?
a) Neutral solidly earthed
b) Neutral earthed via an impedance
c) Neutral isolated
d) Neutrally

Answer: a
Explanation: If the neutral is solidly earthed, the voltage of any live conductor cannot exceed the
voltage from line to neutral. As under these conditions the neutral point will be at zero potential, it
is possible to effect appreciable reductions in the insulation to earth of cables and overhead lines,
which produces a corresponding saving in cost.

8. For an un-earthed line voltage of line to earth can be ______________

a) More than line to neutral of earthed system
b) Less than line to neutral of earthed system
c) Equal to line to neutral of earthed system
d) Can’t specify

Answer: a
Explanation: On an unearthed system the voltage to earth of any line conductor may have any
value up to the breakdown value of the insulation to earth, even though the normal voltage
between lines and from line to neutral is maintained.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 121

 Transformer Questions & Answers

9. High voltage line is only disadvantageous in ______________

a) Small overhead lines
b) Small underground lines
c) Long overhead lines
d) Long underground lines

Answer: c
Explanation: The only disadvantage of connecting a high-voltage system to earth is that this
introduces the first earth from the outset and it thus increases the susceptibility to earth faults.
This can be inconvenient in the case of a long overhead line, particularly in areas of high lightning
incidence.

10. Earth contact material resistance should be ____________

a) Less than 2 ohms
b) More than 2 ohms
c) Depends on the circuit or system
d) Very high

Answer: a
Explanation: It is not always appreciated that it is very difficult to obtain resistance values of less
than about 2 ohms from a single earth plate, and often it is still more difficult to maintain the value
after the earthing system has been installed for some time.

11. If parallel arrangement is done the minimum distance between two earthing conductors should
be _______
a) 10 meters
b) 5 meters
c) More than or equal to 10 meters
d) 2 meters

Answer: c
Explanation: Where a parallel arrangement is employed, each plate, rod, etc., all such things should
be installed outside the resistance area of any other. Strictly, this requires a separation of the order
of 10 meters.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Noise in Transformers

1. If para magnetic core is used in the place of the ferromagnetic core of the transformer, then what
will happen to magnetostriction?

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 122

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) be vanished
b) reduce
c) increase
d) not be affected

Answer: a
Explanation: If the core is not ferromagnetic then the transformer will not operate at all. Thus,
humming sound which is produced generally, by a transformer of a ferromagnetic core will get
vanished.

2. In which of the following category, noise level test of a transformer falls in?
a) Special test
b) Routine test
c) Type test
d) Different test

Answer: a
Explanation: Special Tests of transformer include Dielectric tests, Measurement of zero-sequence
impedance of three-phase transformers, Short-circuit test, Measurement of acoustic noise level,
Measurement of the harmonics of the no-load current.

3. The noise produced by a transformer is termed as _____________

a) zoom
b) hum
c) ringing
d) buzz

Answer: b
Explanation: The transformer when operated produces noise which is termed in an electric system
as hum. Sound pressure and frequency are the objective characteristics measured by a sound level
meter, it is possible to obtain a rating proportional to the loudness of a sound from the appropriate
meter readings.

4. The hum in a transformer is in direct proportion with ______________

a) load changes
b) oil in the transformer
c) magnetostriction
d) mechanical vibration

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 123

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: The basic cause of transformer noise is due to magnetostriction, which is an
expansion and contraction of the iron core (laminations) due to the magnetic effect of alternating
current flowing through the transformer coils. This produces an audible sound called hum.

5. A 400 V, 10 KVA transformer at 60 Hz, is operated at the frequency of 40 Hz, then the humming
__________
a) increases
b) decreases
c) remains same
d) increases to very high

Answer: a
Explanation: We know that frequency can be related with core flux density in the inverse
proportion. Thus, if the frequency is reduced, the core flux density increases, which will also
increase the sound produced by transformer.

6. How the A-weighted sound power level is calculated?

a) L = L – 10 log S/S
b) L = L + 10 log S/S
c) L = L + 10 log S*S
d) L = L – 10 log S*S

Answer: b
Explanation: The sound power level can be calculated using the sound pressure levels determined
above by computing the effective area for the measurement surface according to the relevant
method of measurement and relating this to the standard measurement surface, which is one
square metre.
The A-weighted sound power level is thus: L = L + 10 log S*S .

7. Noise emitted by the transformers when drawn against frequency shows the ______________
a) increasing curve
b) straight line increasing
c) straight line decreasing
d) decreasing curve

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 124

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Consideration of magnetostrictive strain in the transformer core reveals that

magnetostriction can be expected to produce a longitudinal vibration in the laminations at just this
measured frequency. Unfortunately, the magnetostrictive strain is not truly sinusoidal in character,
which leads to the introduction of the harmonics.

8. Step-lap is _____________
a) special component used in transformer to control sound
b) special construction technique
c) special supply technique
d) graphical nature shown by transformer sound

Answer: b
Explanation: The other main source of noise from the transformer core is due to alternating
attractive and repulsive forces between the laminations caused by flux transfer across the air gaps
at the leg to yoke and inter-yoke joints. These forces can be reduced by special building and design
techniques of which the best known and most widely used is the step-lap form of construction.

9. Main and basic design of the transformer is tested by ___________

a) routine tests
b) special tests
c) type tests
d) different tests

Answer: c
Explanation: To check that transformer meets customer’s specifications and design expectations,
the transformer has to go through different tests in manufacturer premises. Some of these tests are
carried out for confirming the basic design of that transformer. Type test of transformer confirms
main and basic design criteria of transformer production lot.

10. The most carried method of attenuation of transformer is ___________

a) changing core material
b) increasing oil tank size
c) building walls around transformer
d) adding some another fluid in oil tank

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 125

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The most obvious method of attenuation is by the provision of a suitable barrier
between the transformer and the listener. The simplest form of barrier is a screening wall, the
effectiveness of which will vary with height and density as well as with the frequency of the noise.

11. Transformers are located ______________

a) anywhere
b) in the direction of down wind
c) in the direction of up wind
d) can be located in any wind direction according to the application

Answer: b
Explanation: Topographical features of the site should be exploited to the full in order to reduce
noise. Where possible the transformer should be located in the prevailing down-wind direction
from houses. Existing walls and mounds should, if possible, be kept between dwellings and the
transformer.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformer Protection

1. Satisfactory parallel operation of transformers needs ______
a) 5 conditions
b) many conditions
c) 10 conditions
d) 7 conditions

Answer: b
Explanation: The satisfactory parallel operation of transformers is dependent upon five principal
characteristics; that is, any two or more transformers which it is desired to operate in parallel
should possess: The same inherent phase angle difference between primary and secondary
Terminals, The same voltage ratio, The same percentage impedance, The same polarity, The same
phase sequence.

2. Voltmeter connected across two similar terminals of parallel operated transformers should give
_______
a) 0 reading
b) maximum reading
c) sum of individual reading
d) division of individual readings

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 126

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Polarity applied so as to indicate the directional relationship of primary and secondary
terminal voltages of a single unit. Any two single-phase transformers will have the same polarity
when their instantaneous terminal voltages will be in phase. With this condition a voltmeter
connected across similar terminals will indicate zero.

3. Transformers are subjected to transients because _________________

a) open-circuit currents
b) short-circuit currents
c) inrush currents
d) both OC and SC currents

Answer: d
Explanation: The transients to which transformers are mainly subjected are: Impact of high-voltage
and high-frequency waves arising from various causes, including switching in, system switching
transients with slower wavefronts than the above, switching inrush currents, short-circuit currents.

4. Any transformer needs to be protected from __________

a) transformer faults
b) faults occurring on the transformer connected systems
c) faults within and on system
d) other faults

Answer: c
Explanation: The subject of transformer protection falls naturally under two main headings. These
are the protection of the transformer against the subsequent events of effects of faults occurring on
any part of the system. Protection of the system against the effects of faults arising in the
transformer.

5. How many types of faults can occur in a system?

a) 2
b) 3
c) 5
d) Many

Answer: b
Explanation: Considering first the means to be adopted for protecting the transformer itself against
the effects of system faults, three distinct types of disturbances have to be provided for. These are:
Short-circuits, high-voltage, high-frequency disturbances including lightning, pure earth faults.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 127

 Transformer Questions & Answers

6. Ferroresonanace can be added in __________________

a) faults due to system
b) faults in the transformer
c) manual faults
d) other faults

Answer: a
Explanation: To this list could be added ferroresonance, which can occur under certain conditions
in any system containing capacitance and inductance elements such as those associated
respectively with cables and transformers.

7. System-short circuits may occur due to ________________

a) Line to line contacts
b) Line to neutral contacts if neutral is not earthed
c) Line to neutral contacts if neutral is earthed
d) LL and LG faults

Answer: d
Explanation: System-short circuits may occur across any two or even three lines, or, if the neutral
point is solidly earthed, between any one line and the earthed neutral. Thus, mechanical stress gets
created in the transformer circuit.

8. Mechanical stress produced in the circuit ______________

a) directly proportional to the square of the voltage
b) inversely proportional to the square of the voltage
c) directly proportional to the square of the currents
d) inversely proportional to the square of the currents

Answer: c
Explanation: The short-circuit currents produce very high mechanical stresses in the equipment
through which they flow, these stresses being proportional to the square of the currents. The
magnitude of these short-circuit currents can be limited by increasing the system impedance,
usually incorporating this into the supply transformers.

9. High voltage, high frequency surges can occur in the system due to _________________
a) atmospheric disturbances
b) line faults

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 128

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) manual faults
d) line to neutral faults

Answer: a
Explanation: High-voltage, high-frequency surges may arise in the system due to lightning, external
flashover on overhead lines, switching operations and to the effects of atmospheric disturbances.
These surges principally take the form of travelling waves having high amplitudes and steep
wavefronts.

10. Surge impedance can be calculated as _________

a) L/C
b) C/L
c) √(L/C)
d) √(C/L)

Answer: c
Explanation: The amplitudes of the waves in the overhead line and at the transformer terminals
depend upon the respective values of their surge impedance, which is given by the formula: √(L/C);
where Z=surge impedance in ohms, L=inductance in henrys, C=capacitance in farads, of the circuit
concerned.

11. Surge protection can’t be implemented by the addition of rod gaps.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Surge protection is implemented by the addition of rod gaps or surge arresters
adjacent to the transformer to shunt the surges to earth. These attenuate the surge magnitudes in
the view of the windings and their resulting insulation stresses to levels which can be withstood by
suitably proportioned insulation distribution without causing resonant instability and dangerous
oscillations within the windings.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformer Maintenance

1. In how many types transformers can be used with relay protection system?
a) 5
b) 10
c) 2
d) Many

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 129

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: The relay is available in two forms: (a) for use with line current transformers with
ratios matched to the load current to give zero differential current under healthy conditions; (b)
with tapped interposing transformers for use with standard line current transformers of any ratio.
2. Ingress of air into the oil tank can be avoided by using ___________
a) relays
b) plastic coatings
c) metal coatings
d) fuses

Answer: a
Explanation: Relay are used to protect the transformer circuitry in core-bolt insulation failure, short
circuited core laminations, bad electrical contacts, local overheating, loss of oil due to leakage,
ingress of air into the oil system.

3. When tripping of the transformer from the main circuit is required?

a) Local overheating
b) Short-circuited core laminations
c) Core-bolt insulation failure
d) Puncture of bushings

Answer: d
Explanation: For all other options removing transformer from the circuit is not necessary as alarms
and consequent actions help to remove that fault. While in following four cases transformer must
be removed from the main circuitry: (a) short-circuit between phases, (b) winding earth fault, (c)
winding short-circuit, (d) puncture of bushings.

4. Transformers used generally don’t belong to type “construct and forget.”

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Transformers generally have no moving parts and there is nothing to wear out, so that
there is little to be maintained. Indeed, many small transformers, particularly those installed in
distribution networks, once commissioned remain in service for many years with minimal attention.
These are examples of the ‘fit and forget’ methodology.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 130

 Transformer Questions & Answers

5. Which of the following is the reason relating to the maintenance while operation?
a) To obtain the maximum practicable operating efficiency
b) To obtain optimum life
c) To minimise the risk of premature and unexpected failure
d) Maximum efficiency, life, minimum temperature
Answer: d
Explanation: The objects in maintaining any item of plant are: To obtain the maximum practicable
operating efficiency, to obtain optimum life, to minimise the risk of premature and unexpected
failure.

6. Stored oil should be checked continuously for _________________

a) impurities in the oil
b) oil levels
c) oil moisture content
d) oil reactions

Answer: c
Explanation: Bulk oil storage tanks will be fitted with a breather usually of the silica gel type. It is
important that the desiccant in this should be frequently checked and maintained in a dry state. Oil
stored in drums will also breathe via the bungs on the covers.

7. Dissolved gas contents are need to be observed because _____________________

a) dissolved oxygen
b) dissolved gases from outside air
c) dissolved gases from arcs occurring in the transformer
d) all dissolved gases

Answer: c
Explanation: The generation of gas in oil-filled equipment by disruptive discharges (sparks and
arcs) and severe overheating results from the chemical reactions which occur as a result of such
faults. The resultant effect of the high thermal and disruptive discharge conditions are due to the
severity of the fault and the presence of other materials such as solid insulation.

8. How many places of arcing can possible?

a) 4 places
b) 5 places
c) 8 places
d) 2 places

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 131

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Arcing of winding clamping-pressure adjusting screws, arcing of a connection to a
winding stress shield, burning of core plates at their edges consistent with severe circulating
currents, indication of overheating of core frames and adjacent core frame insulation.

9. What is the advantage of gas-monitor?

a) Time delay
b) Alarms at presence of a particular gas
c) Less efficiency
d) Requires high power

Answer: b
Explanation: The disadvantage of this device is that it simply alarms at the presence of a particular
gas. As should be evident from the above, it is not so much the presence of gas, or gases, which are
indicative of a fault so much as a sudden change in the status quo.

10. For high reliability of transformer action, how many fundamental checks should be done?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) Can’t tell

Answer: b
Explanation: User must regularly monitor three fundamental cases for good efficiency: breather
systems must be adequately maintained so that water content is kept at the lowest practicable
level, the transformer must be adequately cooled at all times, any overloading maintained within
permitted limits and action taken on any indications of possible overheating, the transformer must
not be subjected to excessive over voltages.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Operation under Abnormal Conditions

1. Increased transformer insulation stresses are due to _______________
a) third harmonic currents
b) third harmonic voltages
c) fifth harmonic currents
d) fifth harmonic voltages

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 132

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Following are the effects due to third-harmonic voltages: Increased transformer
insulation stresses, electrostatic charging of adjacent lines and telephone cables, possible
resonance at thirdharmonic frequency of transformer windings and line capacitance.

2. Overheating of transformer windings and of load are due to ________

a) third harmonic currents
b) third harmonic voltages
c) fifth harmonic currents
d) fifth harmonic voltages

Answer: a
Explanation: Following are the effects due to third-harmonic currents: Overheating of transformer
windings and of load, telephone and discriminative protective gear magnetic disturbances,
increased iron loss in transformers.

3. Operation other than rated power will lead to ______________

a) increase in temperature
b) decrease in temperature
c) short circuit
d) open circuit

Answer: a
Explanation: Operation at other than rated load will result in hot-spot temperature rises differing
from those corresponding to rated conditions and rated temperature rise is based on a hot-spot
temperature of 98°C with a 20°C ambient.

4. Time required for an insulation to reach at end is given by __________________

a) Kirchhoff
b) Joule
c) Ampere
d) Arrhenius

Answer: d
Explanation: Expressed in quantitative terms the time required for insulation to reach its end of life
condition is given by the Arrhenius law of chemical reaction rate. Within a limited range of
temperatures this can be approximated to the simpler Montsinger relationship.

5. Arrhenius law is given by ___________________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 133

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) L=α
βT
b) L=α
β/T
c) L=α
+βT
d) L=α
+β/T

Answer: d
Explanation: L is defined as the time for the reaction to reach a given stage, but which might in this
case be defined as end of life, while αand βare constants. T is absolute temperature. In limited
range of temperatures, it can be approximated to Montsinger relationship.

6. Rate of aging is __________________

a) v= M e
b) v= M e
c) v= M θ
e
d) v= M e

Answer: b
Explanation: Montsinger relationship is defined as L= e , where p is a constant, θis the temperature
in degrees Celsius. Investigators have not always agreed on the criteria for which L is representative
of end of life, but for the purposes of this evaluation this is not relevant and of more significance is
the rate of ageing. This is the inverse of the lifetime.

7. Relative age rating is ___________________

a) 2 * 6
b) 2 – 6
c) 2 / 6
d) 2

Answer: c
Explanation: If 98°C is then taken as the temperature at which normal ageing rate occurs, then the
relative ageing rate at any other temperature θis given by the expression: V= ageing rate at θ
/
ageing rate at 98°C= 2 / 6

8. Hot-spot temperature is dependent on ____________

a) 4 categories
b) 6 categories
c) 8 categories

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 134

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) 10 categories

Answer: a
Explanation: Hot-spot temperature is made up of the following components: Ambient temperature,
top oil temperature rise, average gradient, difference between average and maximum gradient of
the windings.

9. In 4-wire star connection 3rd harmonic currents may flow through ______________
a) lines
b) phases
c) from fourth wire to neutral
d) all connections

Answer: d
Explanation: With a four-wire star connection, third-harmonic voltages from lines to neutral or
earth are suppressed partially or completely according to the impedance of the third-harmonic
circuit. With a four-wire star connection, third-harmonic currents may flow through the phases and
through the line wires and fourth wire from the neutral.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Generator and Power Station Transformers

1. Generator transformers are ________________
a) Step-up transformers
b) Step-down transformers
c) Auto-transformers
d) One-one transformers

Answer: a
Explanation: Generator transformers are employed in generating stations to connect the power
station to the transmission system. Generator transformers step up the generator output at low
voltage to the voltage at which the transmission system operates.

2. In the CCGT, how many step-up transformers will require?

a) 3
b) 4
c) 5
d) 6

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 135

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: In the case of combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) plants this can mean having four
step-up transformers, three associated with the gas turbines (each rated about 150 MW) and one
with the steam turbine (rated about 250 MW) on a single unit.

3. Which of the following is one of the criteria of selecting particular generator transformer?
a) Low HV voltage
b) Low LV currents
c) High impedance
d) On-load tap-changer

Answer: d
Explanation: An on-load tap-changer is required to allow for variation of the HV system volts and
generator power factor. LV volts will generally remain within š5% under the control of the
generator automatic voltage regulator (AVR).

4. Generator transformers can undergo sudden load-changes.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Generator transformers may be subjected to sudden load rejection due to operation of
the electrical protection on the generator. This can lead to the application of a sudden overvoltage
to the terminals connected to the generator.

5. Station transformers are generally used for ____________

a) Providing generator voltage to transmission
b) Providing power to load from transmission
c) Isolating DC
d) To supply power section auxiliary

Answer: d
Explanation: The station transformer generally supplies the power station auxiliary system for
starting up the boiler/turbine generator unit or gas turbine/generator and for supplying those loads
which are not specifically associated with the generating unit, for example lighting supplies, cranes,
workshops and other services.

6. Which of the following does not follow the criteria of station transformer?
a) LV at 11 kV

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 136

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) HV at 275-400 kV
c) Low impedance
d) On-load tap-changer required

Answer: c
Explanation: According to the UK standards, Impedance must be such that it can be paralleled with
the unit transformer at 11 kV to allow changeover from station to unit supplies and vice versa
without loss of continuity and without exceeding the permissible fault level for the unit and station
switchgear this usually means that it is about 15%.

7. Operating load factor of station transformer must be _________

a) low
b) high
c) zero
d) infinite

Answer: a
Explanation: Operating load factor is low, i.e. for much of its life the station transformer will run at
half-load or less. Load losses can therefore be relatively high, but fixed losses should be as low as
possible.

8. For a unit transformer HV voltage must be _____________

a) 400 kV
b) 200 kV
c) 24 kV
d) 100 kV

Answer: c
Explanation: The HV voltage is relatively low, being equal to the generator output voltage, i.e.
usually between 11 and 23.5 kV. The LV voltage is usually 11 kV nominal, although on some
combined cycle gas turbine stations 6.6 kV is used to supply the unit auxiliaries.

9. What voltage of On-load tap-changer is required for unit transformer?

a) 11 kV
b) 23 kV
c) 400 kV
d) Not required

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 137

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: Paralleling of unit and station transformers during changeover of station and unit
supplies can result in a large circulating current between station and unit switchboard. This
generally adds to the unit transformer load current, and subtracts from that of the station
transformer.

10. On-load power factor for generator transformer is __________

a) high
b) low
c) can’t define
d) zero

Answer: a
Explanation: in the case of the generator transformer, operating load factor is high, so that load
losses and no-load losses should both be as low as is economically practicable. (Except in some
nuclear stations, where two fully rated unit transformers are provided per unit for system security
purposes.)

Transformers Questions and Answers – Transformers for HVDC Conversion

1. HVDC transformers are used widely _____________
a) for transmission purpose
b) for generation purpose
c) for supplying DC machines
d) for every use of transformer

Answer: a
Explanation: An HVDC converter (transformer) converts electric power from high voltage alternating
current (AC) to high-voltage direct current (HVDC), or vice versa. HVDC is used as an alternative to
AC for transmitting electrical energy over long distances or between AC power systems of different
frequencies.

2. HVDC converter transformers are generally __________________

a) unidirectional
b) didirectional
c) nondirectional
d) multidirectional

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 138

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Almost all HVDC converters are bi-directional; they can convert either from AC to DC
(rectification) or from DC to AC (inversion). A complete HVDC system always includes one converter
operating as a rectifier (converting AC to DC) and another one operating as an inverter (converting
DC to AC).

3. Insulation of HVDC transformers should be ___________

a) dry always
b) wet always
c) can be dry or wet
d) no need of insulation

Answer: a
Explanation: Because of the effect of moisture on the resistivity of insulation material, it is
necessary to obtain and maintain a high level of dryness in the insulation of HVDC transformers.
This is equally important in service as it is in the factory at the time of testing.

4. Tap winding is constructed so as to ____________________

a) maximize voltage regulation
b) minimize the voltage regulation
c) maximize the impedance regulation
d) minimize the impedance regulation

Answer: d
Explanation: The extent of the tap winding and its location such as to minimise impedance
variation results in a high voltage being developed across it under impulse conditions, placing
demands on the winding insulation design as well as the impulse withstand capability of the tap-
changer itself.

5. Electronic converters for HVDC can be divided into _______

a) two types
b) three types
c) many types
d) only one type is possible

Answer: a
Explanation: Electronic converters for HVDC are classified into two main categories.
Linecommutated converters- LCC (HVDC classic) are made with electronic switches that can only

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 139

 Transformer Questions & Answers

be turned on. Voltage-sourced converters- VSC are made with switching devices that can be turned
both on and off.

6. Efficient LCC HVDC converters generally use __________

a) thyristor
b) mercury valves
c) diodes
d) mechanical switches

Answer: a
Explanation: Line-commutated converters-LCC use switching devices that are either uncontrolled
(such as diodes) or that can only be turned on (not off) by control action, such as thyristors.
Though HVDC converters can be constructed from diodes, such converters can only be used in
rectification mode and the lack of controllability of the DC voltage is a disadvantage.
7. HVDC LCCs have ______________
a) 1 degree of freedom
b) 2 degrees of freedom
c) 5 degrees of freedom
d) Many degrees of freedom

Answer: a
Explanation: As thyristors can only be turned on (not off) by control action, and rely on the external
AC system to affect this turn-off process, the control system only has one degree of freedom –
when to turn on the thyristor. This limits the usefulness of HVDC in some circumstances, some
applications.

8. Which of the following is the problem with cast resin transformers?

a) Voids
b) Less efficiency
c) Low capacity
d) Unavailability

Answer: a
Explanation: The possibility of voids and of resin cracking is one problem which has been identified.
One measure which can help to resist cracking is the incorporation into the resin of some
reinforcement, such as, for example, glass fiber.

Transformers Questions and Answers – Distribution Transformers

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 140

 Transformer Questions & Answers

1. Distribution transformers are generally designed for maximum efficiency around __________
a) 90% load
b) zero load
c) 25% load
d) 50% load

Answer: d
Explanation: The main difference between power and distribution transformer is distribution
transformer is designed for maximum efficiency at 60% to 70% load as they normally don’t operate
at full load all the time. Its load depends on distribution demand.

2. In a power or distribution transformer about 10 per cent end turns are heavily insulated
_______________
a) to withstand the high voltage, drop due to line surge produced by the shunting capacitance of
the end
turns
b) to absorb the line surge voltage and save the winding of transformer from damage
c) to reflect the line surge and save the winding of a transformer from damage
d) insufficient information

Answer: a
Explanation: End turns produce shunt capacitance while circuit is made ON. Thus, to provide
protection from line surge produced by the shunting capacitance of the end turns and to withstand
high voltage they are heavily insulated.

3. Distribution transformers have _______________

a) smaller size than Power transformer
b) larger size than power transformers
c) size can be more or less depending on type
d) more weight than power transformers

Answer: a
Explanation: Distribution transformers are very likely to be made in a different factory from larger
transformers. Being smaller and lighter they do not require the same specialised handling and
lifting equipment as larger transformers. Impregnation under very high vacuum and vapour-phase
drying equipment is not generally required.

4. Joints are used in distribution transformers because _____________

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 141

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) smaller in size
b) economical aspects
c) availability
d) less losses

Answer: d
Explanation: Joints form a greater proportion of the total iron circuit in the case of a small
distribution transformer core compared to that of a large power transformer and so, measures to
reduce losses at the joints will show a greater benefit.

5. How power losses and noise levels are lowered down?

a) By using another core material
b) By using step-lap construction
c) By using Different winding method
d) By using different oil

Answer: b
Explanation: The competitive nature of the industry, gives an incentive to provide low losses and
noise levels in order to sustain in the market, both of which are improved by using the step-lap
construction.

6. Foil windings are used for distribution transformers _________________________

a) low voltage winding
b) high voltage winding
c) for both windings
d) not used

Answer: d
Explanation: Foil windings are frequently used as low-voltage windings. In this form of
construction, the winding turn, of copper or aluminium foil, occupies the full width of the layer.
This is wound around a plain mandrel, with intermediate layers of paper insulation, to form the
required total number of turns for the winding.

7. Foil winding provides ________________

a) less mechanical short circuit strength
b) low degree of electromagnetic balance
c) high degree of electromagnetic balance
d) can’t tell by just winding type

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 142

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: Foil winding arrangement represents a very cost-effective method of manufacturing
low-voltage windings and also enables a transformer to be built which has a high degree of
electromagnetic balance and hence good mechanical short-circuit strength.

8. Voltage per turn in distribution transformers is ____________

a) very high
b) very low
c) depends on application
d) depends on other components of system

Answer: b
Explanation: Distribution transformers because of the small frame sizes resulting from low kVA
ratings, the volts per turn is usually very low so that for a high-voltage winding a considerable
number of turns will be required.

9. Which of the following can be used for HV winding in distribution transformers?

a) Coil winding
b) Foil winding
c) Cross-over coil
d) Single dash folding

Answer: c
Explanation: Another alternative for high-voltage windings is the use of ‘crossover’ coil which
shows an individual coil. Each section of the winding, or coil, is itself a small multilayer spiral
winding having a relatively short axial length.

10. Which of the following protective component is not provided on small distribution
transformers?
a) Overfluxing protection
b) Buchholz relay
c) Overcurrent protection
d) Overcurrent and overvolt protection

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 143

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Class C dry-type transformers are those based on glass fiber-reinforced boards,
aromatic polyamide paper conductor insulation and similar materials capable of operating at
temperatures up to around 220°C. Generally small, lighter transformers are made of this type.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers –

Transformer Construction
1. The primary and secondary of a transformer are ________ coupled but _______ connected.
a) magnetically, not electrically
b) electrically, not magnetically
c) magnetically, also magnetically
d) electrically, also electrically

Answer: a
Explanation: Transformer is the machine which has physical spacing and has magnetic circuit to
exchange the voltage.

2. We can employ transformers for a power range of _________

a) lower and higher values
b) lower values
c) higher values
d) medium values

Answer: a
Explanation: A transformer can be put in use upto a varying range of the power and it is usually
available in readily in market.

3. A transformer has comparatively much higher efficiency than a similar induction machine due to
_________
a) small air gaps
b) no moving parts
c) strong coupling
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: d
Explanation: Transformer does not has any moving components so losses are anyway reduced and
also the coupling is very strong between two sides.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 144

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. It was needed that to isolate dc noise coming from the transmitted signal, to attain the same
which machine can be used without suffering significant loss?
a) transformer
b) dc machine
c) induction machine
d) stepper motor

Answer: a
Explanation: We should use transformer to achieve the isolation of dc.

5. Which is the most widely used material in the core of the transformer?
a) cold rolled grain oriented sheet steel
b) cold rolled grain steel
c) soft iron
d) steel

Answer: a
Explanation: CRGO has magnetization in the rolling direction and low core losses and very high
permeability than present materials.

6. The leakage flux is the flux inside the transformer which?

a) links either of the windings
b) links both of the windings
c) yoke of the core
d) windows of the core

Answer: a
Explanation: Leakage flux is meant to to be loss as it does not link two windings.

7. It is advised that staggering of the butt joints _________

a) reduces reluctance of the path
b) increases air gap
c) increases mechanical strength
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: c
Explanation: Staggering is done for the steel butt joints of the transformer to gain more mechanical
strength as the continuous air gap reduces the same.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 145

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. Consider two transformers X and Y having exact ratings, but have flux densities of 1.5T and 2T
respectively. The weight of the transformer A per KVA will be _________
a) more than that of B
b) lesser than that of B
c) equal to that of B
d) cannot be said from the given data

Answer: a
Explanation: Flux density = flux/Area.
Hence A has more area than B and so weight of A will be more than that of B.

9. Consider two transformers X and Y having identical ratings, but have flux densities of 1.5T and 2T
respectively. The weight of the transformer B per KVA will be _________
a) more than that of A
b) lesser than that of A
c) equal to that of A
d) cannot be said from the given data

Answer: b
Explanation: Flux density = flux/Area.
Hence A has more area than B and so weight of B will be less than that of A.

10. Transformers do not require any type of cooling as it well ventilated.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: It is wrong to say that transformers do not need any cooling. It does need various
types of cooling like oil cooling, air cooled etc.

11. A coupling magnetic field inside a rotating machine or static machine like transformers must
involve with _________
a) mechanical parts
b) electrical parts
c) both electrical and mechanical
d) either of the electrical or mechanical parts

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 146

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The coupling field should interact with both the electrical as well as mechanical parts
in order to achieve electromechanical energy conversion.

12. A coupling magnetic field inside a rotating machine or static machine like transformers must
involve with _________
I. electrical system to extract energy from electrical system.
II. mechanical system to extract energy from electrical system.
a) Only I is true
b) Only II is true
c) I and II are true
d) I and II are false

Answer: b
Explanation: The energy conversion which involves both electrical as well as mechanical systems
must have mutual field.

13. I. Pulse transformers use soft ferrites.

II. The transformers used in the radio receivers use air core.
a) Only I is true
b) Only II is true
c) I and II are true
d) I and II are false

Answer: c
Explanation: Pulse transformers are used in isolation transformer and need high permeablity.

14. Stepping of the core is implemented in the core to _________

a) reduce conductor material and copper losses
b) reduce core loss
c) to provide mechanical strength
d) to reduce magnetizing current

Answer: a
Explanation: Stepping of the core is done so that the copper material reduces.

15. Core type transformers have, LV and HV windings are arranged such that _________
a) Half LV near the core and half HV outside LV on each limb

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 147

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) LV one limb and HV on the other

c) Half LV outside the core and half HV inside LV on each limb
d) LV and HV windings are sandwiched

Answer: a
Explanation: Core winding has first of all both the windings on the same limb and HV is placed
outside to have tappings to the transformer.

16. The shell type transformers have, LV and HV windings are arranged such that _________
a) Half LV near the core and half HV outside LV on each limb
b) LV one limb and HV on the other
c) Half LV outside the core and half HV inside LV on each limb
d) LV and HV windings are sandwiched

Answer: d
Explanation: Shell type winding has mix of LV and HV winding sandwiched over each other.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Ideal

Two Winding Transformer
1. Which of the following statements support the ideal transformer features?
I. Zero winding resistance
II. Zero leakage flux
III. Constant core losses
a) I, II
b) III
c) I, III
d) I, II, III

Answer: a
Explanation: Ideal transformer has zero or very small core or copper losses.

2. Which of the following statements support the ideal transformer features?

I. Zero winding resistance
II. Zero leakage flux
III. Negligible core losses
a) I, II, III
b) III
c) I, I, II

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 148

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) I

Answer: a
Explanation: All the statements support the ideal nature of a transformer.

3. Which of the following statements support the ideal transformer features?

I. Zero winding resistance
II. Constant permeability
III. Constant core losses
a) I, II
b) III
c) I, III
d) I

Answer: a
Explanation: Ideal transformer has constant permeability so that the magnetization of the core
remains linear.

4. Which of the following statements support the ideal transformer features?

I. Zero winding resistance
II. Constant permeability
III. Constant core losses
Iv. Zero leakage reactance
a) I, II, III, IV
b) III, IV
c) I, III
d) I, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: An ideal transformer should be free from all types of losses and must have a linear
magnetization of the core material.

5. Which of the following statements support the ideal transformer features?

I. Variable winding reactance
II. Constant permeability
III. Constant core losses
a) I, II
b) III

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 149

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) II, III
d) I

Answer: c
Explanation: There should not be any leakage reactance of the winding so that leakage flux is zero
and complete coupling takes place.

6. The voltage induced at the end of primary terminals of a two winding transformer consisting of N
turns is?
a) -N*dϕ/dt
b) N*dϕ/dt
c) -dϕ/dt
d) -N*dt/dϕ

Answer: a
Explanation: Emf is induced based on the electromagnetic induction principle for N turns winding.

7. Identify the phasor diagram for an ideal transformer at no load.

a)
The phasor diagram for an
ideal transformer at no load -
option a
b)
The phasor diagram for an ideal
transformer at no load - option b
c)
The phasor diagram for an ideal
transformer at no load - option c
d)
The phasor diagram for an ideal
transformer at no load - option d

Answer: a
Explanation: In an ideal transformer, the induced emf lags the flux by 90degrees.

8. Consider a 2-winding transformer as below. If the switch is open then the emf induced across the
load ‘Zl’ having transformation ratio of 2 is?
a) zero

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 150

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) V1
c) V1/2
d) 2*V1

Answer: a
Explanation: As the secondary switch is kept open, the voltage across load will be zero.

9. Consider a 2-winding transformer as below. If the switch is open then the emf induced across the
secondary having transformation ratio of 2 is?
a) zero
b) V1
c) V1/2
d) 2*V1

Answer: d
Explanation: V2/V1 = 2
S, V2 = 2*V1.

10. Consider a 2-winding transformer as below. If the switch is kept open then the emf induced
across
the secondary having transformation ratio of ‘2’ is?
The induced emf lags the flux by
90degrees if the switch is kept open
a) zero
b) 2E1
c) E/2
d) E1

Answer: a
Explanation: The induced emf lags the flux by 90degrees.

11. Which of the following statement is true?

I. Core flux in an ideal transformer remains constant.
II. Core flux is independent of the load current.
a) I
b) II
c) I,II
d) none of the mentioned

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 151

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Any changes in the secondary circuit of the transformer is reflected automatically in
the primary winding so the net core flux remains constant.

12. If it is happened to place an inductive load to a two winding transformer, then the phasor
diagram for such a loading will be?
a)
The phasor diagram for an inductive
load to a two winding transformer -
option a
b)
The phasor diagram for an inductive
load to a two winding transformer - option
b
c)
The phasor diagram for an
inductive load to a two winding
transformer - option c
d)
The phasor diagram for an inductive
load to a two winding transformer - option
d

Answer: a
Explanation: I2 will lag behind the V2 by the angle θ
.
13. Which of the following assumptions about the transformer supports the fact that the
instantaneous power input and output of a transformer is equal?
I. Zero winding resistance
II. Constant permeability
III. Constant core losses
Iv. Zero leakage reactance
a) I, II, III, IV
b) III, IV
c) I, III
d) I, IV

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 152

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: If the impedance overall is zero for a transformer, then the losses occurring in a
transformer will be zero. So the efficiency is 100%.

14. Which of the following statements are incorrect for an ideal transformer?
I. Voltages - inverse ratio
II. Current - direct ratio
III. Impedance - direct ratio squared
Iv. Power - remains same
a) I, II, III, IV
b) III, IV
c) I, II
d) I , IV

Answer: c
Explanation: Voltages are transformed in direct ratio of the turns ratio. and current as inverse turns
ratio.

15. Which of the following statements are correct for an ideal transformer?
I. Voltages - Direct ratio
II. Current - Inverse ratio
III. Impedance - Direct ratio squared
Iv. Power - Remains same
a) I, II, III, IV
b) III, IV
c) I ,III
d) I, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: All the matches are correct.

16. Which of the following statements are correct for an ideal transformer?
I. Voltages - inverse ratio
II. Current - direct ratio
III. Impedance - direct ratio squared
Iv. KVA - remains same
a) I, II, III, IV
b) III, IV
c) I, III

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 153

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) I, IV

Answer: b
Explanation: Voltages are transformed in direct ratio of the turn ratio and current as inverse turns
ratio in a 2-winding transformer.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers –

Transformer Phasor Diagram
1. The output voltage seen at the CRO connected at the secondary terminals is square wave. Then
the flux density used for energizing the primary is?
a) triangular
b) sinusoidal
c) saw tooth wave
d) square wave
Answer: a
Explanation: E = -N*dϕ/dt. Integration of square wave will be triangular in nature.

2. The non linear magnetization curve of a practical transformer will introduce _____________
a) heating
b) higher order harmonics
c) magnetostriction
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: d
Explanation: If the magnetization is non linear in nature then it will cause a saturation in the core
and harmonics will be introduced to cause humming sounds.

3. Transformer action requires a ___________

a) constant magnetic flux
b) increasing magnetic flux
c) alternating magnetic flux
d) alternating electric flux

Answer: c
Explanation: As per the Faraday’s laws, the emf will be induced when flux is time varying as in
transformer, there is no moving part.

4. If a transformer is fed from a 220V and dc supply rather than a 1-phase ac supply, then the

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 154

 Transformer Questions & Answers

transformer will ___________

a) burn its windings
b) operate normal
c) will not operate
d) will give very small leakage flux

Answer: a
Explanation: Dc is nothing but ac at zero frequency. So the reactance offered will be zero at dc and
the current will be limited only by the small resistance of the winding which will produce very high
amount of current to flow through the windings, so burning them up.

5. In an ideal transformer, the impedance can be transformed from one side to the other
___________
a) in direct proportion to square of turns-ratio
b) in direct proportion to turns-ratio
c) in inverse proportion to square turns-ratio
d) in inverse proportion to turns-ratio

Answer: a
Explanation: Impedance is transformed in square of the turns-ratio.

6. A transformer has sometimes more than two ratings depending upon the use of ___________
a) the cooling application
b) type of windings
c) type of core
d) type of insulation to be given

Answer: a
Explanation: Yes, with different types of the cooling methods, the losses can be varied and so the
current and the voltages.

7. Considering a transformer at no load is excited at rated voltage. A small recognizable gap is

made in the yoke of the limbs. With this altercation, the transformer core flux ___________
a) will decrease and magnetizing current will increase
b) will remain constant and magnetizing current will increase
c) as well as magnetizing current will increase
d) as well as magnetizing current both will decrease

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 155

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: The reluctance of the path increases here after making the cut. so the magnetizing
current will increase but the core flux will be same as it depends on the applied voltage not the
reluctance.

8. In an oil filled transformer, the application of oil is for ___________

a) cooling
b) insulation
c) both cooling and insulation
d) preventing the accumulation of dust

Answer: c
Explanation: Oil can be used not only for cooling but also for insulation from the metallic parts.

9. We laminate transformer core to reduce ___________

a) eddy current loss
b) hysteresis loss
c) both eddy current and hysteresis loss
d) ohmic loss

Answer: a
Explanation: Laminations provide larger area so that the current path increases and current
reduces.

10. Which of the following two are matched correctly?

I. Core flux - Depends on applied voltage
II. Leakage flux - Depends on winding current
a) I
b) II
c) I, II
d) none of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: Both the statements are correct, as the leakage flux depends on the current flowing in
the respective winding and the core flux depends on the voltage.

11. In case of a power transformer, the no load current in terms of rated correct is?
a) 10-20%

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 156

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 2-6%
c) 15-20%
d) 30-50%

Answer: b
Explanation: The air gap is very less in the transformer, so the magnetizing current needed is
around 2-6% only.

12. Energizing the transformer primary from a triangular wave voltage source makes the output
voltage as __________
a) zero
b) a sine wave
c) a triangular wave
d) a pulsed wave
Answer: c
Explanation: Output will follow the shape of input wave. As the primary input is triangular in shape,
its secondary will also be same.

13. In a single phase transformer, the no-load current lags the applied voltage by __________
a) 90°
b) about 75°
c) 0
d) about 110°

Answer: b
Explanation: Check the phasor diagram.
In a single phase transformer no-load
current lags applied voltage by about
75deg

14. A 400/200V transformer has total resistance of 0.04 p.u on its L.V side. This resistance when
referred to H.V side would be?
a) 0.04
b) 0.02
c) 0.01
d) 0.08

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 157

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The per unit value does not change from the winding side of a transformer.

15. Energizing the transformer primary from a triangular wave flux makes the output voltage as
__________
a) square wave shifted by 90°
b) a sine wave
c) a triangular wave
d) a square wave

Answer: d
Explanation: E = -N*dϕ/dt.
Differentiation of triangular wave results in square wave.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers –

Equivalent Circuit of Transformer
1. In a transformer if the frequency of the supply is varied then the magnetizing current in the core
also varies.
a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: The magnetizing current does not depend on the frequency of the supply fed to it.

2. CRGO Laminations in a transformer are used to minimize __________

a) eddy current loss
b) hysteresis loss
c) both eddy current and hysteresis loss
d) ohmic loss

Answer: c
Explanation: CRGO steel is rolled grain type domains which not only help for faster reversals but
also the reduction of eddy current losses.

3. A single phase transformer has emf per turn having 2310/220 V, 50Hz transformer as 13 V. Then
the estimated primary turns will be?
a) 189 turns
b) 179 turns

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 158

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) 176 turns
d) 190 turns

Answer: a
Explanation: N2 = Total secondary voltage/Emf per turn = 220/13 = 16.92 = 17(approx)
For N2 = 17, N1 = 178.5. But it is not an integer, so this approximation is wrong. If N2 = 18, N1=189
turns.

4. A single phase transformer has emf per turn having 2310/220 V, 50Hz transformer as 13 V. The
core area is(in square cm)?
a) 393
b) 2778
c) 358.92
d) 450.03
Answer: a
Explanation: Emf per turn = 1.44*f*flux density * Area*N2
Area = 220/(18*1.44*50*1.4) = 393 sq.cm.

5. If a transformer is fed from a dc rather than a 1-phase ac supply, then the transformer will
__________
a) burn its windings
b) operate normal
c) will not operate
d) will give very small leakage flux

Answer: a
Explanation: Dc is nothing but ac at zero frequency. So the reactance will be zero and the current
will be limited solely by the small resistance of the winding which will produce very high amount of
current to flow through the windings, so burning them up.

6. For a single phase transformer operating at normal operating conditions has useful flux of 1 Wb.
If the machine is loaded at 0.8 p.f., then its mutual flux __________
a) may decrease to 0.98 Wb
b) remains constant
c) may increase 1.02 Wb
d) may decrease to 0.8 Wb

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 159

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The mutual flux will decrease by a very small amount.

7. The flux involved in the emf equation of a transformer has __________

a) rms value
b) average value
c) total value
d) maximum value

Answer: d
Explanation: The flux is always taken at its peak in the practical calculation cases.

8. If the frequency at the primary supply is varied gradually, then the secondary terminal voltage
will __________
a) not change
b) vary directly
c) will vary oppositely
d) will vary inverse of frequency

Answer: a
Explanation: The changes in the frequency is not reflected due to the flux density variation
correspondingly.

9. There are two identical transformers A and B such that flux density applied to B is doubled.
Then magnetizing current of B is?
a) larger than A
b) double of A
c) half of A
d) same as that of A.

Answer: a
Explanation: When we double the flux density, as per the magnetization curve of the core, the
magnetizing current is much larger than double of the machine A.

10. A 20KVA, 2200/220 V, 50 Hz single phase transformer has the below parameters: HV : r = 2.4 Ω
,X
=6Ω
, LV: r = 0.03 Ω
, X = 0.07 Ω
The primary reactance referred to secondary is?
a) 0.024 Ω

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 160

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 0.06 Ω
c) 3 Ω
d) 7 Ω

Answer: b
Explanation: Primary reactance referred to secondary = x1*(N2/N1)^2 = 6*(220/2200)^2= 0.06 Ω
.

11. A 20KVA, 2200/220 V, 50 Hz single phase transformer has the below parameters: HV : r = 2.4 Ω
,X
=6Ω
, Primary, LV: r = 0.03 Ω
, X = 0.07 Ω
, Secondary
The secondary reactance referred to primary is?
a) 0.024 Ω
b) 0.06 Ω
c) 3 Ω
d) 7 Ω

Answer: d
Explanation: Secondary reactance referred to primary = x2*(N1/N2)^2 = 0.07*(2200/220)^2 = 7.0 Ω

12. A 20KVA, 2200/220 V, 50 Hz single phase transformer has the below parameters: HV : r = 2.4 Ω
,X
=6Ω
, LV: r = 0.03 Ω
, X = 0.07 Ω
The primary resistance referred to secondary is?
a) 0.024 Ω
b) 0.06 Ω
c) 3 Ω
d) 7 Ω

Answer: a
Explanation: Primary resistance referred to secondary = r1*(N2/N1)^2 = 2.4*(220/2200)^2 = 0.024 Ω
.
13. A 20KVA, 2200/220 V, 50 Hz single phase transformer has the below parameters: HV : r = 2.4 Ω
,X
=6Ω
, LV: r = 0.03 Ω
, X = 0.07 Ω
The secondary resistance referred to primary is?
a) 0.024 Ω
b) 0.06 Ω
c) 3 Ω
d) 7 Ω

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 161

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: Secondary resistance referred to primary = r2*(N1/N2)^2 = 0.03*(2200/220)^2 = 3.0 Ω
.

14. In a transformer ______ decreases with increase of the leakage flux.

a) secondary terminal voltage
b) secondary induced voltage
c) primary induced voltage
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: The leakage is modelled as the reactance which incurrs as a loss to the terminal
voltage not the induced voltage.

15. The components needed to draw the phasor diagram of the transformer is?
A. load current
B. Equivalent circuit parameters
C. Load power factor
a) A, B, C
b) B
c) B, C
d) A, B

Answer: a
Explanation: All the mentioned quantities are must to draw the phasor diagram of a transformer.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Open

Circuit and Short Circuit Test
1. Power required during the open circuit and short circuit test is?
a) losses incurring in the transformer
b) executing the power requirements by measuring instruments
c) power for the core losses only
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: The power measured while conducting the tests is the winding losses and the core
losses.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 162

 Transformer Questions & Answers

2. The open circuit test results in finding which of the following parameters?
I. core losses
II. shunt branch parameters
III. turns ratio of transformer
a) I, II, III
b) I, II
c) II, III
d) I, III

Answer: a
Explanation: OC test gives the shunt branch parameters as well as the turns ratio by connecting a
voltmeter at open circuited secondary terminals.

3. The open circuit test results in finding which of the following parameters?
I. core losses
II. shunt branch parameters
III. series parameters
a) I, II, III
b) I, II
c) II, III
d) I, III

Answer: b
Explanation: Series parameters are obtained by short circuit test results.

4. Which of the following information are obtained from short-circuit test?

I. Ohmic losses at rated current
II. Equivalent resistance and leakage reactance
III. Core losses
IV. Voltage regulation
a) I, II, IV
b) II, III
c) I, II, IV
d) II, III, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: Core losses are found from OC test.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 163

 Transformer Questions & Answers

5. Which of the below estimations require results of both open circuit test and short circuit test?
a) Efficiency
b) Equivalent impedance of one side of the winding
c) Voltage regulation for exact circuit
d) All of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: All the estimations asked will need results of both the tests.

6. To conduct the open circuit test, test is conducted on the _____________

a) l.v. side
b) h.v. side
c) primary
d) secondary

Answer: a
Explanation: OC test is performed on the l.v. side of the transformer because the l.v. winding will
have lower stress on the insulation and no damage will occur.

7. To conduct the short circuit test, test is conducted on the ___________

a) l.v. side
b) h.v. side
c) primary
d) secondary

Answer: b
Explanation: To circulate the rated current in the winding, we should opt for lower value of the
current so that winding will not damage.

8. A single phase transformer of 2200/220 V having rated l.v. current of 150 A has to undergo open
circuit test on h.v. side. Which of the below instruments range should be used?
a) 6A, 200V
b) 150A, 22V
c) 60A, 220V
d) 6A, 20V

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 164

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Open circuit test is conducted on l.v. side, so the measuring instruments will be on the
h.v. side. So the current in the h.v. side will be around 3-6% of the rated.

9. A single phase transformer of 2000/200 V having rated l.v. current of 100 A has to undergo short
circuit test on l.v. side. Which of the below instruments range should be used?
a) 200V,10A
b) 20V, 10A
c) 300V,100A
d) 200V,50A

Answer: a
Explanation: Short circuit test is conducted on h.v. side, so the measuring instruments will be on
the l.v. side. Rated current on the h.v. will be 10A and voltage will be around 5-12% to account for
winding losses.

10. A single phase transformer of 2200/220 V having rated l.v. current of 150 A has to undergo open
circuit test on h.v side. The instruments used are voltmeter of 200V and ammeter of 1A.
Then the results ___________
a) will be wrong
b) will be accurate
c) of ammeter will burn
d) none of the mentioned

Answer: c
Explanation: The current in the h.v. winding will be around 10 A but the ammeter is of 1 A rating.
So, it will burn off.

11. Which of the following conditions have to ensured for a short-circuit test?
A. L.v. is short circuited
B. It helps in calculation of voltage regulation
C. It is performed at rated voltage
a) A, B
b) A, B, C
c) B, C
d) A, C

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 165

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: For conducting short circuit test, l.v. winding is short circuited and it is not performed
at rated voltage.

12. Which of the following conditions have to ensured for a short-circuit test?
A. h.v. winding is short-circuited
B. It helps in calculation of voltage regulation
C. It is performed at rated voltage
D. l.v. winding is short-circuited
a) B, D
b) A, B, C
c) B, C, D
d) A, C

Answer: a
Explanation: For conducting short circuit test, l.v. winding is short circuited and it is not performed
at rated voltage.

13. Transformers with high leakage impedance is used in ___________

a) arc welding
b) power distribution
c) power generating terminals
d) none of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: The feature of the high impedance is extracted in the arc welding applications.

14. Which of the following conditions have to ensured for a open-circuit test?
A. Performed on L.V side
B. Leakage impedance can be obtained
C. It is performed at rated voltage
D. It gives magnetizing impedance
a) B, D
b) A, B, C
c) B, C, D
d) A, C, D

Answer: d
Explanation: Leakage impedance is not found from open-circuit test.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 166

 Transformer Questions & Answers

15. Which of the following conditions have to ensured for a open-circuit test?
A. Performed on L.V side
B. Leakage impedance can be obtained
C. It is performed at 10-12% of rated voltage
D. It gives magnetizing impedance
a) B, D
b) A, B, C
c) B, C, D
d) A, D

Answer: a
Explanation: Leakage impedance is not found from open-circuit test. And it is performed on the
rated voltage to account for core losses.

16. Which of the following information are not obtained from short-circuit test?
I. Ohmic losses at rated current
II. Equivalent resistance and leakage reactance
III. Core losses
IV. Voltage regulation
a) I, II
b) II, III
c) I, II, IV
d) II, III

Answer: d
Explanation: Core losses are found from OC test and the voltage regulation is not obtained
from one single test here.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers –

Voltage Regulation of Transformer
1. A 10 kVA, 400/200 V, 1-phase transformer with 2% resistance and 2% leakage reactance. It draws
steady short circuit current at which angle?
a) 45°
b) 75°
c) 135°
d) 0°

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 167

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The power factor angle will be atan(x/r) = 45°.

2. While conducting open circuit test and short circuit test on a transformer, status of low-voltage
and high-voltage windings will be such that in ____________
a) OC test – h.v. open, SC test-l.v. short-circuited
b) OC test – l.v. open, SC test-h.v. short-circuited
c) OC test – l.v. open, SC test-l.v. short-circuited
d) OC test – h.v. open, SC test-h.v. short-circuited

Answer: a
Explanation: In conducting short circuit test, l.v. winding is short circuited. In OC test h.v. is open
circuited.

3. While conducting testing on the single phase transformer, one of the student tries to measure
the resistance by putting an ammeter across one terminal of primary and other to secondary, the
reading obtained will be ___________
a) infinite
b) zero
c) finite
d) negative finite

Answer: a
Explanation: As the primary and secondary are physically isolated, the impedance will be infinite
for not electrically connected circuit.

4. If the per unit leakage impedance for the primary of a transformer is ‘x’ on the given rated base
value. If the voltage and volt-amperes are doubled, then the changed per unit impedance will be
___________
a) 0.5x
b) 2x
c) 4x
d) x

Answer: a
Explanation: pu(new base) = (x)*(MVA(new)/MVA(old))*(kV(old)/kV(new))^2 = x*2*(1/4) = 0.5x.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 168

 Transformer Questions & Answers

5. If the per unit leakage impedance for the primary of a transformer is ‘x’ on the given rated base
value. If the voltage and volt-amperes are halved, then the changed per unit impedance will be
___________
a) 0.5x
b) 2x
c) 4x
d) x

Answer: b
Explanation: pu(new base) = (x)*(MVA(new)/MVA(old))*(kV(old)/kV(new))^2 = x*0.5*(4/) = 2x.
6. The voltage regulation for transformer is given by ___________
a) (E2-V2)/E2
b) (E2-V2)/V2
c) (V2-E2)/E2
d) (V2-E2)/V2

Answer: a
Explanation: Voltage regulation is the change in secondary voltage with secondary rated voltage.

7. While estimating voltage regulation of a transformer, keeping ___________

a) primary voltage constant
b) secondary voltage constant
c) voltage changes constant at primary
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: V.R. is calculated keeping the primary constant because then the core flux will change
and the change of secondary voltage cannot be fixed.

8. Identify the phasor diagram for the negative voltage regulation from the below diagrams.
a)
The phasor diagram for the
negative voltage regulation -
option a
b)
The phasor diagram for the
negative voltage regulation -
option b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 169

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option c
d)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option d

Answer: a
Explanation: Negative V.R. is achieved at leading power factor.

9. Identify the phasor diagram for the zero voltage regulation from the below diagrams.
a)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option c
b)
The phasor diagram for
the zero voltage regulation -
option d
c)
The phasor diagram for the
negative voltage regulation -
option b
d)
The phasor diagram for
the zero voltage regulation -
option d

Answer: a
Explanation: When E2=V2, then V.R. will be zero.

10. Identify the phasor diagram for the maximum voltage regulation from the below diagrams.
a)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 170

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b)
The phasor diagram for
the zero voltage regulation -
option d
c)
The phasor diagram for the
negative voltage regulation -
option a
d)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option c

Answer: a
Explanation: Maximum voltage regulation occurs when load power factor angle and leakage
impedance angle are equal.

11. The transformer phasor diagram under the short circuit can be identified by?
a)
The transformer phasor
diagram under the short circuit -
option a
b)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option c
c)
The phasor diagram for
the negative voltage
regulation - option d
d)
The phasor diagram for
the zero voltage regulation -
option d

Answer: a
Explanation: For the short-circuit condition of a transformer, voltage across the secondary will be
voltage drop across winding only.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 171

 Transformer Questions & Answers

12. With the reference of the diagram below, Choose the most appropriate.
A:
Find the appropriate option
with the reference of the
diagram
B:
The phasor diagram for the
negative voltage regulation -
option a
a) A-lagging pf, B-leading pf
b) B-lagging pf, A-leading pf
c) A-lagging pf, B-lagging pf
d) A-leading pf, B-leading pf

Answer: a
Explanation: Maximum voltage regulation occurs at lagging pf while zero or minimum V.R. occurs at
leading pf.

13. A 200/400 V single phase transformer has leakage impedance z= r+jx. Then we can expect zero
voltage regulation at power factor of ___________
a) x/r leading
b) x/r lagging
c) r/x leading
d) r/x lagging

Answer: a
Explanation: ZVR occurs at the leading pf of load at x/r.

14. A 200/400 V single phase transformer has leakage impedance z= r+jx. Then we can expect
magnitude of load pf of ____ at zero voltage regulation.
a) cosθ= x/z
b) cosθ= r/z
c) cosθ= x/r
d) cosθ= r/x

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 172

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Cosθ= x/z for the transformer at zero V.R.

15. If the pu impedance of a single phase transformer is 0.01+j0.05, then its regulation at p.f. of 0.8
lagging will be?
a) 3.8%
b) 2.2%
c) -3.8%
d) -2.2%

Answer: a
Explanation: V.R. = (r(pu)*cosθ
+x(pu)*sinθ
)*100 % = (0.01*0.8 + 0.05*0.6)*100 = 3.8%.

16. If the pu impedance of a single phase transformer is 0.01+j0.05, then its regulation at p.f. of 0.8
leading will be?
a) 3.8%
b) 2.2%
c) -3.8%
d) -2.2%

Answer: d
Explanation: V.R. = (r(pu)*cosθ
-x(pu)*sinθ
)*100 % = (0.01*0.8 – 0.05*0.6)*100 = -2.2%.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers –

Transformer Losses and Efficiency
1. Which of the statements made here are correct regarding the transformer?
I. Maximum voltage regulation occurs at the leading p.f.
II. Maximum voltage regulation occurs when load p.f. angle and impedance angle of the leakage
impedance are same.
III. V.R. at zero p.f. is always zero.
IV. V.R. of a transformer may be negative at leading p.f.
a) I, III
b) II, IV
c) 1, III
d) I, IV, III

Answer: b
Explanation: V.R. is always negative at leading p.f. and the load p.f. angle and impedance angle of
the leakage impedance should be same for maximum V.R.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 173

 Transformer Questions & Answers

2. Which of the statements made here are correct regarding the transformer?
I. Maximum voltage regulation occurs at the leading p.f.
II. Maximum voltage regulation occurs when load p.f. angle and impedance angle of the leakage
impedance are same.
III. V.R. at zero p.f. is always zero.
IV. V.R. of a transformer may be negative at leading p.f.
a) I, II, III
b) II, IV
c) 1, III
d) I, IV, III

Answer: a
Explanation: V.R. is always negative at leading p.f. and the load p.f. angle.

3. Which of the statements made here are incorrect regarding the transformer?
I. Maximum voltage regulation occurs at the leading p.f.
II. Maximum voltage regulation occurs when load p.f. angle and impedance angle of the leakage
impedance are same.
III. V.R. at zero p.f. is always zero.
IV. V.R. of a transformer may be negative at leading p.f.
a) I, III
b) II, IV
c) 1, III
d) I, IV, III

Answer: a
Explanation: V.R. is always negative at leading p.f. and the load p.f. angle and impedance angle of
the leakage impedance should be same for maximum V.R.

4. Which of the statements made here are incorrect regarding the transformer?
I. Maximum voltage regulation occurs at the leading p.f.
II. Maximum voltage regulation occurs when load p.f. angle and impedance angle of the leakage
impedance are same.
III. V.R. at zero p.f. is always zero.
IV. V.R. of a transformer may be negative at leading p.f.
a) I, II, III
b) IV

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 174

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) 1, III
d) I, IV, III

Answer: b
Explanation: V.R. is always negative at leading p.f. and the load p.f. angle.

5. Which of the following mentioned losses occur in a transformer?

a) Hysteresis losses; Eddy current losses; Dielectric losses; Stray load losses
b) Hysteresis losses; Eddy current losses;
c) Dielectric losses; Stray load losses
d) Hysteresis losses; Eddy current losses; Stray load losses

Answer: a
Explanation: Hysteresis losses-due to magnetic material; Eddy current losses-on the core area;
Dielectric losses- due to insulation material; Stray load losses- due to leakage through the parts of
the transformer.

6. Mutual flux ______ at the lagging loading and it _____ at the leading power factor.
a) decreases, increases
b) increases, increases
c) decreases, decreases
d) increases, decreases

Answer: a
Explanation: The mutual flux falls when the transformer is working at lagging p.f. and it increases at
leading p.f.

7. It is possible to attain maximum efficiency in a transformer when the ______

a) core losses are equal to rated full load copper losses
b) core losses are more than rated full load copper losses
c) core losses and full load copper losses are constant
d) copper loss also becomes constant

Answer: a
Explanation: Maximum efficiency is achieved at the condition when fixed core losses and copper
losses at rated condition are equal.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 175

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. The efficiency of a 20 KVA, 2000/200 V, single phase transformer at unity pf is 98%. The total
losses at this condition is?
a) 408W
b) 4.08kW
c) 204W
d) 2.04kW

Answer: a
Explanation: Efficiency = 1-(losses/input) = 1-(losses/output+losses)
0.98 = 1-(Losses/20000+losses)
Losses = 408 W.

9. The efficiency of a 20 KVA, 2000/200 V, single phase transformer at unity pf is 98%. The given
total losses at full load is 200 W. The pu resistance is?
a) 0.01
b) 0.1
c) 1.0
d) 0.0196

Answer: a
Explanation: pu resistance = Ohmic losses/KVA = 200/20000 = 0.01 pu.
10. The load current at which maximum efficiency occurs is independent of the load power factor.
a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Because Core losses and the effective resistance of the secondary are almost
unaffected by load p.f.

11. The full load voltage drop in a 1-phase transformer is 2% and 4% respectively due to resistance
and leakage reactance. Then the voltage drop is maximum at __________
a) 0.45 lagging
b) 0.45 leading
c) 0.9 lagging
d) 0.9 leading

Answer: a
Explanation: Z = 4.47; cosθ= percentage r/percentage z = 2/(4.47) = 0.45.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 176

 Transformer Questions & Answers

12. The full load voltage drop in a 1-phase transformer is 2% and 4% respectively due to resistance
and leakage reactance. Then the voltage drop is zero at __________
a) 0.45 lagging
b) 0.45 leading
c) 0.9 lagging
d) 0.9 leading

Answer: c
Explanation: Z = 4.47; cosθ= percentage x/percentage z = 4/4.47 = 0.89.

13. Core losses of a transformer as a function of frequency is best approximated by which of the
below characteristics?
a)
The core losses of a transformer as a
function of frequency - option a
b)
The core losses of a transformer as a
function of frequency - option b
c)
The core losses of a transformer as a
function of frequency - option c
d)
The core losses of a
transformer as a function
of frequency - option d

Answer: a
Explanation: We can represent the core losses per cycle eq. as Pc/f = A+B*f, where A and B are
constants.

14. From the above graph of the core losses per cycle is, the hysteresis losses per phase for a
transformer at a operating frequency of 40 Hz is?
Find the core losses per cycle if eddy
losses losses at operating frequency of 40
Hz
a) 20W
b) 30W

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 177

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) 80W
d) 32W

Answer: a
Explanation: Ph = k1*f = 0.5*40 = 20W.

15. From the above graph of the core losses per cycle is, the eddy losses per phase for a
transformer at a operating frequency of 40 Hz is?
Find the core losses per cycle if
hysteresis losses at operating frequency of
40 Hz
a) 15 W
b) 20W
c) 35W
d) 32W

Answer: a
Explanation: Pe = k2*f ;
Using the slope of the line, (k2)*50 = 0.8 – 0.5 = 0.3
(k2) = 0.006
Pe = 50*50*0.006 = 15 W.
16. The efficiency of a transformer can be calculated accurately from ___________
a) Open circuit test, Short circuit test
b) Open circuit test, Short circuit test, Sumpner’s test
c) Sumpner’s test
d) load test

Answer: a
Explanation: OC and SC tests together can help to estimate the most correct value of the efficiency
for the given transformer.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Parallel Operation of Single Phase Transformers
1. A 2000/1000/500 three winding transformer is to be used as auto transformer with supply of 3000
V. Two loads of 1050 kVA at 3500V, and other one at 180 kVA at 1000V. The circuit representing the
mentioned application is?
a)
Three winding transformer used as auto
transformer with supply of 3000 V - option a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 178

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b)
Three winding transformer used as auto
transformer with supply of 3000 V - option b
c)
Three winding transformer used as auto
transformer with supply of 3000 V - option c
d)
Three winding transformer used as auto
transformer with supply of 3000 V - option d

Answer: a
Explanation: Current due to load of 1050 kVA = 1050*1000/3500 = 300A
Current due to 180 kVA = 180*1000/1000 = 180A.

2. Transformer operating in parallel will share a common load in the best possible manner if
____________
a) leakage impedances are proportional to their kVA rating
b) pu leakage impedances are equal
c) leakage impedances are equal
d) any of the mentioned

Answer: b
Explanation: For same pu leakage impedance, parallel operation of transformers become feasible.
3. A 2000/1000/500 three winding transformer is to be used as auto transformer with supply of
3000V. Two loads of 1050 kVA at 3500V and other one at 180 kVA at 1000V. The total kVA supplied
will be?
a) 1230 kVA
b) 1440 kVA
c) 1680 kVA
d) 1150 kVA

Answer: a
Explanation: Total kVA = 1050+180 = 1230 kVA.

4. Which if the condition is must be fulfilled for satisfactory parallel operation of transformers?
a) Same voltage ratio
b) Leakage impedances should be inversely proportional to kVA of the transformer
c) Same pu impedance

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 179

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Correct polarity

Answer: d
Explanation: out of all, polarity must be correct for the connected transformers.

5. Which of the following is the correct matching made for the harmonics and the associated
harmonic component?
A. Positive sequence components - 5th harmonic component
B. Negative sequence components - 7th harmonic component
C. Zero sequence components - 3rd harmonic component
a) A, B, C
b) C
c) A, B
d) B, C

Answer: b
Explanation: 3m-1 phases are displaced 120° in opposite and (3m+1) in the same direction as the
fundamental. Here ‘m’ is even integer. So 5th harmonic is in negative sequence and 7th harmonic
component in positive sequence.

6. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having same impedance. But the
x/r ratio of them are not equal. Then total kVA output of the output will be ___________
a) less than sum of kVA of A and B
b) more than sum of kVA of A and B
c) equal to sum of kVA of A and B
d) any of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: As the leakage reactances are not same for both the transformers, then Ia < I2 and Ib<
I/2. So the kVA will also be less than sum of individual A and B.

7. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having same impedance. But the
x/r ratio of them are not equal and xa > xb. Then?
a) A has poorer pf than B
b) B has poorer pf than B
c) lesser power factor angle
d) both operate at same power factor

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 180

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: As xa > xb, leakage impedance angle of A will be more than that of B, so lesser power
factor.

8. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having different impedance and
identical x/r ratio. Then?
a) A has poorer pf than B
b) B has poorer pf than B
c) lesser power factor angle
d) both operate at same power factor

Answer: d
Explanation: As the x/r is same, this supports that they should have same leakage impedance
angles.

9. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having different impedance and
identical x/r ratio. Also impedance of A is more than that of B, then A ___________
a) shares lesser kVA
b) share more kVA
c) equal kVA as of B
d) total kVA

Answer: a
Explanation: Given that, za is more than zb, so Ia will be lesser than Ib, With Ea = Eb, kVA(A) shared
by A will more than kVA(B).

10. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having different impedance and
identical x/r ratio. Also impedance of A is more than that of B, then?
a) Za/Zb = Sb/Sa
b) Za/Zb = Sa/Sb
c) Za/Zb = 1
d) Za/Zb = (Sb/Sa)

Answer: a
Explanation: Leakage impedance in ‘ohms’ are inverse ratio of their respective kVA ratings.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 181

 Transformer Questions & Answers

11. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having different impedance and
identical x/r ratio. Impedance of A is Za and impedance of B is Zb, both sharing a load of Sl. Then
the load shared by transformer A is?
a) Sl*(Zb/(Za+Zb))
b) Sl*(Za/(Za+Zb))
c) Sl*(Zb*Za/(Za+Zb))
d) Sl*(Zb+Za/Zb))

Answer: a
Explanation: The load sharing is based on the inverse of the kVA rating.

12. Two single phase transformers A and B are operating in parallel having different impedance and
identical x/r ratio. Impedance of A is Za and impedance of B is Zb, both sharing a load of Sl. Then
the load shared by transformer B is?
a) Sl*(Zb/(Za+Zb))
b) Sl*(Za/(Za+Zb))
c) Sl*(Zb*Za/(Za+Zb))
d) Sl*(Zb+Za/Zb))

Answer: b
Explanation: The load sharing is based on the inverse of the kVA rating.
2
13. Operating transformers in parallel gives the advantage of ___________
a) reliable loading
b) increased capacity of power system
c) reducing the capacity of substation
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: d
Explanation: All are advantages of having parallel connection of transformers.

14. Which of the following is a shortcoming for using parallel connected transformers?
I. Reliable loading
II. Increased capacity of power system
III. Reducing the capacity of substation
a) I, II, III
b) I, II
c) I, III

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 182

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) None of the mentioned

Answer: d
Explanation: All of the mentioned are advantages for using parallel connected transformers.

15. In three phase supply, the voltage phases are displaced by ________ and in two phase by
___________
a) 120°, 90°
b) 180°, 90°
c) 120, 120°
d) 120°, 180°

Answer: a
Explanation: Displacement angle for m-phase system is 2*pi/m.

16. For a delta-star three phase transformer, if the transformation ratio is ‘x:1’, then how much
percent of output will be improved?
a) 73%
b) 57%
c) 173%
d) 157%

Answer: a
Explanation: Line voltage in the output will be (1.73*V/x), so the additional voltage will be
(173-100/100)*100% = 73%.

17. For a star-delta three phase transformer, if the transformation ratio is ‘x:1’, then how much
percent of output will be?
a) 73%
b) 57%
c) 173%
d) 157%

Answer: c
Explanation: Line voltage in the output will be (V/1.73*x).

18. Identify the correct order for the voltage transformation for the three-phase transformers.
a) D-Y > D-D = Y-Y > Y-D

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 183

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) D-Y > D-D > Y-Y > Y-D

c) D-Y > D-D = Y-Y < Y-D
d) D-Y > D-D < Y-Y < Y-D

Answer: a
Explanation: Delta to star has maximum (173%) voltage transformation while star to delta is
least(57%). Y-Y and D-D have deviation of voltage levels.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Transformer as a Magnetically Coupled Circuit

1. In power transformers, it is found that the iron or core losses practically varies very less, this is
because ____________
a) constant core flux
b) constant leakage flux
c) constant leakage and core flux
d) constant load current

Answer: a
Explanation: Due to the constant core flux, the iron losses also remain constant.

2. It is advised to coat the laminations of the core with some enamel, to ensure __________
a) insulation
b) adhesion of laminations
c) reduction in humming sound
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: It is done to provide insulation.

3. Primary and the secondary winding of the transformer are interlaced mainly for __________
a) reducing leakage flux
b) reducing cost
c) reducing heating
d) saving the copper of the winding

Answer: a
Explanation: Interlacing is done to provide less air gaps and improved efficiency by reduction of
leakage fluxes around the core.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 184

 Transformer Questions & Answers

4. Transients currents are maximum in the transformer when it is switched on with secondary
______ and when input voltage wave is passing through ________
a) open, zero
b) open, peak
c) closed, zero
d) closed, peak

Answer: a
Explanation: At t=0, the current flowing will be very high as emf is very high due to t = 0.

5. Identify the matching which is not matched correctly?

I. Silicon steel - Power transformer
II. Ferrite - High frequency transformers
III. Alnico - permanent magnet
a) I, II, III
b) I, III
c) II, I
d) None of the mentioned

Answer: d
Explanation: All are matched correct. High frequency transformer uses ferrites as the magnetic
domains reverse very fastly.
6. Identify the matching which is not matched correctly?
I. Silicon steel - Power transformer
II. Ferrite - High frequency transformers
III. Alnico - permanent magnet
a) I, II, III
b) I, III
c) II, I
d) I

Answer: a
Explanation: All are matched correct. High frequency transformer uses ferrites as the magnetic
domains reverse very fastly.

7. Choose the matching which is not matched correctly?

I. Silicon steel - Power transformer
II. Ferrite - High frequency transformers

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 185

 Transformer Questions & Answers

III. Alnico - permanent magnet

a) I, II, III
b) I, III
c) II, I
d) III

Answer: c
Explanation: High frequency transformer uses ferrites as the magnetic domains reverse very fastly.
And power transformer uses CRGO steel.

8. Which of the following matches are matched correctly?

I. OC test - Copper and iron losses
II. SC test - Copper losses
III. Load Test - Total losses
IV. Sumpner's Test - Iron losses
a) II, III
b) II, III, IV
c) I, IV
d) II, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: OC test gives iron losses. Sumpner’s test gives iron and core losses.
9. In a transformer,eddy-current loss is 1000 watts which is half of the total core loss. If thickness of
lamination and frequency are increased by 10%, What is the new core-losses?
a) 3200W
b) 3300W
c) 2200W
d) 3100W

Answer: a
Explanation: Pe = 1000W, Pi = 2000W
Here, V/f = constant Pe will be same 1000W, Pi = 200+2000 = 2200W
Total core losses = 1000+2200 = 3200W.

10. The voltage conversion ratio of the transformer is inverse of the current transformation.
a) True
b) False

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 186

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: It is true because, V1/V2 = N2/N1; I2/I1=1/N.

11. The voltage regulation of a transformer at full-load 0.8 p.f lagging is 2%. Its voltage regulation
at full load 0.8 p.f leading _____________
a) will be positive
b) will be negative
c) may be positive
d) may be negative

Answer: b
Explanation: The leading p.f. has negative v.r.

12. The Transformer equivalent circuit referred to primary with converting two winding transformer
in impedance forms is?
a)
Transformer equivalent converting two
winding transformer in impedance forms -
option a
b)
Transformer equivalent converting two
winding transformer in impedance forms -
option b
c)
Transformer equivalent converting two
winding transformer in impedance forms -
option c
d)
Transformer equivalent converting two
winding transformer in impedance forms -
option d

Answer: a
Explanation: When referred to primary, secondary inductance winding will be turns ratio squared.

13. Consider a 10 KVA, 2000/200 V, single phase transformer having below following parameters are
r1=10Ω
, r2=0.1Ω
, l1 = 40mH, l2=0.4 mH, M = 10H. Then the expected primary self inductance will be?
a) 100.04H

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 187

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 99.06H
c) 1.0004H
d) 10.04H

Answer: a
Explanation: Primary self inductance = L1 = Lm1 + l1 = (N1/N2)*M + l1 = 2000/200*10 + 0.04
=100.04H.

14. There is a 10 KVA, 2000/200 V, single phase transformer having below following parameters are
r1=10Ω
, r2=0.1Ω
, l1 = 40mH, l2=0.4 mH, M = 10H. Then the expected secondary self inductance will
be?
a) 100.04H
b) 99.06H
c) 1.0004H
d) 10.04H

Answer: c
Explanation: Secondary self inductance = L2 = Lm2 + l2 = (N2/N1)*M + l2 = 200/2000*10 +
0.0004H = 0.0004 H.

15. There is a 10 KVA, 2000/200 V, single phase transformer operating at 50 Hz. Maximum flux
linkages in secondary will be?
a) 0.9 AT
b) 9 AT
c) 1 AT
d) 0.09AT

Answer: a
Explanation: Flux linkages on secondary = N*φ= E/(4.44*f) = 200/(4.44*50) = 0.9 AT

16. A 10 KVA, 2000/200 V, single phase transformer operating at 50 Hz with a current of 50 A flowing
through the l.v. winding. Then the Self inductance of l.v. winding is?
a) 12.7mH
b) 1.27 mH
c) 12.7H
d) 0.127 H

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 188

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Flux linkages on l.v. = N*φ= E/(4.44*f) = 200/(4.44*50) = 0.9 AT

Self inductance = mutual flux linkage/peak current = 0.9/(1.414*50) = 0.0127 H.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Three Phase Transformers

1. A V-V connected transformer can be connected in parallel to delta-delta connected transformer
but not to ___________
a) delta-star
b) star-delta
c) star-V
d) all of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: The V-V connected transformer and D-D connected transformers have same phase
displacement, so they only can be connected in parallel to each other.

2. Three units of single phase transformers and one single three-phase transformer rating
___________
a) will be same for one rating
b) can never be made same
c) may be same
d) none of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: Three single phase transformers and one single unit of three phase transformer will be
same only. This is done to reduce the cost and spacing.

3. The transformer which is more feasible to use in the distribution ends should be ___________
a) star-delta
b) delta-star
c) scott
d) delta-delta

Answer: a
Explanation: Star-delta will have lower voltage at delta end.

4. For the given circuit below, the voltage across the terminal ‘a’ and ‘b’ is?
The voltage across the terminal a & b is
1.73*V for the given circuit

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 189

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) 1.73*V
b) V/1.73
c) V
d) 3*V

Answer: a
Explanation: From delta to star, the voltage between the lines will increase by 1.73.

5. The voltage across the terminal ‘r’ and ‘y’ is?

The voltage across the terminal r & y is
V/1.73 from star to delta
a) 1.73*V
b) V/1.73
c) V
d) 3*V

Answer: b
Explanation: From star to delta, the line voltage will reduce by 1.73.

6. The delta-delta connections are used in applications of ___________

a) large l.v. transformers
b) small h.v. transformers
c) large h.v. transformers
d) small l.v. transformers

Answer: a
Explanation: Delta connected winding handle line voltages so it needs more turns in the winding
but thin wires.

7. Open delta transformers can be obtained from ___________

a) delta-delta
b) star-delta
c) delta-star
d) any of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: If one of the transformers is removed from the bank of only delta-delta, then it
behaves with 58% power delivery.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 190

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. If one of the transformers is removed from the bank of only delta-delta, then it behaves with
58% power delivery.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: It is true as the circuit will still be closed and the transformer will operate will lesser
operating point.

9. Below is the circuit diagram for delta-delta transformer have a transformation ratio ‘k’. The
current flowing in the windings of phase r-y in the below diagrams is?
Current flowing in windings of phase r-y is
k*I/1.73 for delta-delta transformer
a) k*I/1.73
b) I/k*1.73
c) 1.73*k*I
d) 3*k*I

Answer: a
Explanation: The phase current will be reduced by 1/1.73.

10. If para magnetic core is used in the place of the ferromagnetic core of the transformer, then
magnetostriction will ___________
a) be vanished
b) reduce
c) increase
d) not be affected

Answer: a
Explanation: If the core is not ferromagnetic then the transformer will not operate at all so no
humming sound.

11. When we magnetize the ferromagnetic core of the transformer, core length_______ and it
______ when demagnetized.
a) decreases, increases
b) decreases, decreases
c) increases, increases

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 191

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) none of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: Due to aligned magnetic dipoles in the material, the size will reduce by a small margin
and vice versa while demagnetization.

12. A 400 V, 10 KVA transformer at 50 Hz, is operated at the frequency of 40 Hz, then the humming
___________
a) increases
b) decreases
c) remains same
d) increases to very high

Answer: a
Explanation: If the frequency is reduced, the core flux density increases, so the noise also will
increase.

13. While using three phase transformers, it is taken care about the third harmonics current in the
system. This is present when transformer set is delta on either side.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Third harmonic current are co-phase in nature and require closed path which is
present in delta connected only.

14. A recording of the output of the emf induced for star and delta are recorded. Then shape of the
emf induced in Y-connected 3-phase transformer is non sinusoidal in nature due to ___________
a) 3rd harmonic component of currents is absent
b) 3rd harmonic component of currents is present
c) negative sequence component of current is present
d) none of the mentioned

Answer: a
Explanation: In a star connected transformer, closed path to generate 3rd harmonic is not there. So
the emf shape will be peaky in nature.

15. Shape of emf generated by delta connected transformer is not always sinusoidal.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 192

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: No, for a delta transformer, closed path is present to generate 3rd harmonics current
and so the emf will be sinusoidal always.

Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Autotransformers

1. While comparing potential transformer to an auto transformer, a potential transformer transfers
power ________
a) conductively
b) inductively
c) both conductively as well as inductively
d) electromagnetic induction

Answer: a
Explanation: Potential divider is resistance division and it does not take part in induction processes.

2. The statements which support the points that auto transformers are advantageous?
I. Weight of conductor reduces
II. Ohmic losses reduces
III. Leakage reactance reduces
IV. Lower short-circuit current
a) I, II, III
b) II, III, IV
c) I, II, III, IV
d) I, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: Short circuit current of the auto transformer is higher than the corresponding 2-
winding transformer.

3. The statements which support the points that auto transformers are advantageous?
I. Weight of conductor reduces
II. Direct electrical contacts
III. Leakage reactance reduces
IV. Lower short-circuit current
a) I, III

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 193

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) II, III
c) I, II, III, IV
d) I, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: Direct electrical contacts is a disadvantage to the auto transformer. Short circuit
current of the auto transformer is higher than the corresponding 2-winding transformer.

4. The statements which support the points that auto transformers are disadvantageous as
compared to 2-winding transformer?
I. Weight of conductor reduces
II. Direct electrical contacts
III. Leakage reactance reduces
IV. Lower short-circuit current
a) I, III
b) II, III
c) II, IV
d) I, II, IV

Answer: c
Explanation: Direct electrical contacts is a disadvantage to the auto transformer. Short circuit
current of the auto transformer is higher than the corresponding 2-winding transformer.

5. Which of the above are correct for an auto transformer when compared to the identical rating
two winding transformer?
I. KVA rating : 1/(1-k)
II. Losses : (1-k)
III. Impedance drop = 1/(1-k)
a) I, II
b) II, III
c) 1, III
d) I, II, III, IV

Answer: a
Explanation: KVA(auto)/KVA(2-W) = V2*I2/V2*(I2-I1) = 1/(1-I1/I2) = 1/(1-k)
Losses(auto) = (1-k) *Losses(2-W)
Impedance drop(auto) = (1-k)*Impedance drop(2-W).

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 194

 Transformer Questions & Answers

6. The voltage regulation of a transformer at full-load 0.8 p.f leading is -2%. Its voltage regulation
at full load 0.8 p.f lagging _____________
a) will be positive
b) will be negative
c) may be positive
d) may be negative

Answer: a
Explanation: The leading p.f. has negative v.r. and lagging p.f. has major portion of positive voltage
regulation.

7. The voltage regulation of a transformer depends on its __________

(A) Equivalent reactance
(B) Equivalent resistance
(C) Load power factor
(D) Transformer size
(E) Load current
a) A, B, C, E
b) A, B, C, D, E
c) A, B, D, E
d) A, B, C, D

Answer: a
Explanation: Voltage regulation is independent of the size of the transformer.

8. Three transformers having identical dimensions but with core of iron, aluminium and wood are
wound with same number of turns and have same supply. Then choose the order for hysteresis
losses.
a) wood > aluminium > iron
b) aluminium > iron > wood
c) iron > wood > aluminium
d) iron > aluminium > wood

Answer: d
Explanation: Hysteresis losses occur maximum in the ferromagnetic material.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 195

 Transformer Questions & Answers

9. Three transformers having identical dimensions but with core of iron, aluminium and wood are
wound with same number of turns and have same supply. Then choose the order for eddy current
losses.
a) wood > aluminium > iron
b) aluminium > iron > wood
c) iron > wood > aluminium
d) iron > aluminium > wood

Answer: a
Explanation: The eddy current losses are dependent on resistance offered to the currents.
Wood is an insulator so it will get heated up most.

10. Maximum efficiency of a transformer for a constant load current, occurs at __________
a) at any p.f
b) zero p.f leading
c) zero p.f lagging
d) unity p.f

Answer: d
Explanation: Efficiency = KVA*p.f/(KVA*p.f + Losses); So the efficiency is maximum at unity power
factor.

11. A 1-phase transformer has a leakage impedance of 1+ j4 Ωfor primary and 3+ j11 Ωfor
secondary windings. This transformer has __________
a) H.V primary
b) Medium voltage primary
c) L.V primary
d) L.V secondary

Answer: c
Explanation: The side which has lower impedance will have lower number of turns and so the low
voltage side.

12. If a transformer is at no load, then it will act like __________

a) a resistor at p.f = 0
b) an inductive reactor at 0.2 lagging
c) a capacitive reactor at0.2 leading
d) an inductive reactor at 0.8 lagging

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 196

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: Transformer is nothing but the arranged windings which are magnetically coupled.
The windings will inductive predominantly with very low resistance.

13. The tappings on the transformers is provided on __________

a) h.v side at one end of the winding
b) l.v. side at one end of the winding
c) h.v side at middle
d) l.v side at middle

Answer: c
Explanation: High voltage side winding has more voltage so the variation of the voltage will be
more and better applicable. And it is better to place at the middle because it gives uniform voltage
distribution by eliminating axial forces.

14. In a transformer, we place the tapping windings at the middle because __________
a) of radial forces on the windings
b) axial forces on the windings
c) insulation level of the winding
d) to provide a mechanical balance to the windings

Answer: b
Explanation: Due to two different voltages, different currents will flow in the windings and it will
cause the axial forces due to currents interaction appear causing damage.

15. When a transformer winding suffers a short circuit, then inter turns of the same winding
experience ______ forces.
a) an attractive
b) a repulsive
c) no force
d) may be attractive or repulsive type

Answer: a
Explanation: As the current will flow in one direction, attractive force will appear across the inter
turns as per Biot-savart’s law.

16. Two transformer having same voltage but different KVA are operating in parallel. For a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 197

 Transformer Questions & Answers

good load sharing __________

a) impedance must be equal
b) pu impedances must be equal
c) pu impedance and X/R ratios must be equal
d) impedance and X/R ratios must be equal

Answer: c
Explanation: Both the conditions are to be met in order to have an efficient operation while in
parallel condition.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Window Space Factor

1. What is window space factor?
a) window space factor = copper area in the window – total window area
b) window space factor = copper area in the window + total window area
c) window space factor = copper area in the window * total window area
d) window space factor = copper area in the window / total window area

Answer: d
Explanation: Window space factor is the ratio of the copper area in the window to the total window
area. It is a constant used in the output equation of transformers.

2. What does the window space factor depend on?

a) it depends on the core
b) it depends on the armature
c) it depends on the insulation
d) it depends on the insulation and copper

Answer: d
Explanation: Window space factor totally depends on the insulation of the machine. It also depends
on the copper windings provided.

3. What does the insulation and copper of the transformer depend on?
a) current rating
b) voltage rating
c) output power
d) voltage rating and output power

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 198

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The insulation and copper of the transformer depend on the voltage rating of the
transformer. It also depends on the output power produced by the transformer.

4. What is the empirical formula for calculating the value of window space factor?
a) window space factor = 10 / (30+kV)
b) window space factor = 5 * (30+kV)
c) window space factor = 10 * (30+kV)
d) window space factor = 5 / (30+kV)

Answer: a
Explanation: The output voltage in kV is calculated first. Then the value is substituted in the
formula to obtain the empirical value of the window space factor.

5. What is the empirical value of window space factor, given the output is 1000kV?
a) 0.09
b) 0.9
c) 0.009
d) 0.0009

Answer: c
Explanation: Empirical value of window space factor = 10 / (30+kV)kV = 1000 kV,
empirical value = 10/1030 = 0.009.
6. What is the ratings of the transformers for using the empirical value of window space factor?
a) 50-100 kVA
b) 50-150 kVA
c) 50-200 kVA
d) 100-200 kVA

Answer: c
Explanation: The empirical formula of the window space factor is used for the transformers of the
rating 50-200 kVA. If the transformer rating is higher than 200 kVA then the empirical formula isn’t
used.

7. What is the relationship of the space factor value with the large and small outputs?
a) small value for both large and small outputs
b) large values for both large and small outputs
c) large value for small output and small value for large outputs
d) small value for small output and large value for large outputs

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 199

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: The space factor is directly proportional to the output. If large output is obtained,
space factor is high and vice versa.

8. What is the formula for the window space factor, when the output is 1000 kVA?
a) 12 / (30+kV)
b) 10 / (30+kV)
c) 9 / (30+kV)
d) 11 / (30+kV)

Answer: a
Explanation: 10 / (30+kV) denotes the empirical value of window space factor for rating between
50-200 kilo-volt-amp. When the output is near 1000 kilo-volt-amp then the formula used is
12/(30+kV).

9. What is the formula of window space factor, when the transformer rating is 20 kVA?
a) 10 / (30+kV)
b) 12 / (30+kV)
c) 8 / (30+kV)
d) 19 / (30+kV)

Answer: c
Explanation: 10 / (30+kV) denotes the empirical value of window space factor for rating between
50-200 kilo-volt-amp. 12 / (30+kV) is the window space factor for transformers having rating
around 1000 kVA.

10. The area of the window depends on the window space factor.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: Area of the window = Total conductor area/window space factor.
The area of the window is indirectly proportional to the window space factor.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Design of Core and Winding – 1
1. What is stacking factor?

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 200

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) the allowance made for the power loss

b) the allowance made for the space loss between laminations
c) the allowance made for the heat loss between laminations
d) the allowance made for the power loss between laminations

Answer: b
Explanation: The net cross sectional area is obtained from the dimensions of various packets and
an allowance is made for the space lost between laminations. This allowance is called stacking
factor.

2. What is utilization factor?

a) utilization factor= cross sectional area + gross area of the core
b) utilization factor= cross sectional area – gross area of the core
c) utilization factor= cross sectional area * gross area of the core
d) utilization factor= cross sectional area / gross area of the core

Answer: d
Explanation: The utilization factor is equal to the ratio of the cross sectional area to the gross area
of the core. The cross sectional area and the gross area of the core are first found out, and the ratio
gives utilization factor.

3. What is the relationship between utilization factor and the number of core steps?
a) utilization factor is directly proportional to the number of core steps
b) utilization factor is indirectly proportional to the number of core steps
c) utilization factor is indirectly proportional to the square of number of core steps
d) utilization factor is directly proportional to the square of number of core steps

Answer: a
Explanation: The utilization factor increases with the increase in the number of core steps used.
This eventually increases the manufacturing cost.

4. What is the optimum number of steps for small and large transformers?
a) 5, 10
b) 10, 15
c) 6, 15
d) 1, 10

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 201

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The optimum number of steps used for the large transformers is maximum of 15.
The optimum number of steps for the small transformers is maximum of 6.

5. What happens if the utilization factor gets improved?

a) core area increases and the volt/turns decreases
b) core area increases and the volt/turns increases
c) core area decreases and the volt/turn decreases
d) core area decreases and the volt/turn increases

Answer: b
Explanation: When the utilization factor increases the core area gets increased. This leads to the
increase in the volt/turn for any particular core diameter and specified flux density.

6. How many types of cores are available for core type of transformer?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: b
Explanation: There are basically 3 types of core section available for core type of transformer.
They are rectangular, square or stepped type of core sections.
7. What type of core section is used for shell type transformer?
a) rectangular
b) square
c) stepped
d) cruciform

Answer: a
Explanation: Shell type transformers prefer only rectangular core section. Shell type transformer
are moderate and low voltage transformer which use only rectangular core section.

8. What is the range of the ratio of depth to width of core in rectangular core?
a) 1-2
b) 1.5-2.5
c) 1.4-2
d) 1.5-2

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 202

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: In rectangular core, the ratio of the depth to core should be minimum 1.4. The
maximum value of ratio of depth to core is 2.

9. When is square and stepped cores used?

a) when circular coils are required for low voltage distribution
b) when rectangular coils are required for low voltage distribution
c) when circular coils are required for high voltage distribution
d) when rectangular coils are required for high voltage distribution

Answer: c
Explanation: Circular coils are required for high voltage distribution and power transformer.
When circular coils are required square and stepped cores are used.

10. Circular coils are preferred because of their electrical characteristics.

a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: Circular coils are preferred because of their high mechanical strength. Their high
mechanical strength allows them to be used in high voltage distribution and power transformer.

11. What is the ratio of the net core area to the area of the circumscribing circle in square cores?
a) 0.58
b) 0.64
c) 0.70
d) 0.80

Answer: a
Explanation: 0.64 is the ratio of the gross core area to the area of the circumscribing circle.
Net core area is the product of stacking factor and gross iron area.

12. The laminations are manufactured in standard size to minimize the wastage of steel during
punching of laminations.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 203

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The laminations are manufactured in the standard size of width, 0.75m to 1m. This is
used to avoid excessively wide assortment of laminations and to minimize wastage of steel during
punching of laminations.

13. What is the value of ratio of gross core area to the area of circumscribing circle in stepped
cores?
a) 0.71
b) 0.79
c) 0.89
d) 0.91

Answer: b
Explanation: 0.71 is the ratio of net core area to the area of circumscribing circle in stepped cores.
The gross core area for stepped cores is 0.618 * d .

14. What is the net core area for three stepped transformers?
a) 0.45
b) 0.56
c) 0.6
d) 0.62

Answer: c
Explanation: 0.45 is the net core area for the square core transformers. 0.56 is the core area for
cruciform or stepped core transformers.

15. What is the relationship between the number of steps to the area of circumscribing circle?
a) number of steps is directly proportional to the area of the circumscribing circle
b) number of steps is indirectly proportional to the area of the circumscribing circle
c) number of steps is directly proportional to square of the area of the circumscribing circle
d) number of steps is indirectly proportional to square of the area of the circumscribing circle

Answer: a
Explanation: As the number of steps increase, the area of the circumscribing circle also increases.
But as the area of the circumscribing circle increases, the ratio of the net core area and gross core
area to the area of circumscribing circle decreases.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Design of Core and Winding – 2
1. What is the formula for the number of turns in primary winding?

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 204

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) number of turns of primary winding = Voltage of primary windings * voltage per turn
b) number of turns of primary winding = Voltage of primary windings/voltage per turn
c) number of turns of primary winding = Voltage of secondary windings * voltage per turn
d) number of turns of primary winding = Voltage of secondary windings/voltage per turn

Answer: b
Explanation: For calculating the number of turns of primary windings first we calculate the voltage
across the primary windings. Then the voltage per turn is calculated and the ratio gives the number
of turns.

2. What is the formula for obtaining the current in the primary winding?
a) current in primary winding = kVA per turn * 10 * primary voltage
b) current in primary winding = kVA per phase * 10 * primary voltage
c) current in primary winding = kVA per turn * 10 / primary voltage
d) current in primary winding = kVA per phase * 10 / primary voltage

Answer: d
Explanation: For obtaining the current in primary winding, the kVA output per phase is obtained.
Then the primary voltage is calculated, and the ratio of both gives the current in primary windings.

3. What does the area of conductors in primary and secondary windings depend on?
a) current
b) voltage
c) power
d) current density

Answer: d
Explanation: The area of the conductors is directly dependent on the current density. The area of
the conductors are determined after choosing a suitable current density.

4. What does the permissible current density depend upon?

a) local heating
b) efficiency
c) output power
d) local heating and efficiency

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 205

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The permissible current density depends upon the local heating as the heating should
not affect the output. It also depends on the efficiency of the transformer.

5. What is the relationship between temperature and the current density?

a) current density is directly proportional to the temperature
b) current density is directly proportional to the square of the temperature
c) current density is indirectly proportional to the square of the temperature
d) current density is indirectly proportional to the temperature

Answer: a
Explanation: As the current density increases, the temperature also increases. As the temperature
increases, it can cause damage to the insulation.

6. What is the relationship between the losses and the maximum efficiency on the current density?
a) current density increases, losses decrease, efficiency increases
b) current density increases, losses increase, efficiency increases
c) current density decreases, losses decrease, efficiency increases
d) current density decreases, losses increase, efficiency increases

Answer: c
Explanation: As the current density decreases, the losses decrease. As the losses decrease the
maximum efficiency increases.

7. What is the range of current density for small and medium power transformers?
a) 1-2 A per mm
b) 1-2.5 A per mm
c) 1.1-2.2 A per mm
d) 1.1-2.3 A per mm

Answer: d
Explanation: In small and medium power transformers, the lowest value of current density is 1.1.
The highest permissible value is 2.3 for small and medium power transformers.

8. What is the range of current density for large power transformer with self oil cooled type?
a) 1-2 A per mm
b) 1.5-2.5 A per mm
c) 2.2-3.2 A per mm
d) 2-3 A per mm

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 206

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: For large transformers with self oil cooled type, the highest permissible value of
current density is 3.2. The minimum current density value required is 2.2.

9. What is the condition for minimum loss condition?

a) current density in primary < current density in secondary
b) current density in primary > current density in secondary
c) current density in primary = current density in secondary
d) current density in primary >= current density in secondary

Answer: c
Explanation: The condition for the minimum loss should be the current density in primary should
be equal to the current density in secondary. Any different condition, could lead to high amount of
loss.

10. The current density in relatively better cooled outer winding is made 10 percent greater than
the inner winding.
a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: In practical case, the current density in relatively better cooled outer winding is made
greater than that in the inner winding. It is usually made 5 percent greater in practical.

11. How many total high voltage windings are present?

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

Answer: c
Explanation: There are 3 high voltage windings present. They are i) Cylindrical winding, ii)
Crossover winding iii) Continuous disc type winding.

12. The low voltage windings are generally divided into 2 types.
a) true
b) false

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 207

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The low voltage windings are basically divided into 2 types. They are i) cylindrical
winding ii) helical winding.

13. What is the rating for cylindrical type of winding with circular conductors?
a) 5000-10000 kVA
b) 5000-8000 kVA
c) 160-10000 kVA
d) 200-10000 kVA

Answer: a
Explanation: 5000-8000 kVA is used for rectangular conductors with cylindrical winding. 160-
10000 kVA is used for helical winding. 200-10000 kVA is used for continuous disc type of winding.

14. What is the voltage for cross over type of winding?

a) upto 15 kV
b) upto 33 kV
c) upto 66 kV
d) upto 6 kV

Answer: b
Explanation: Helical windings have a voltage of upto 15 kV. Whereas, the cylindrical winding with
rectangular conductors have a voltage of upto 6 kV.

15. What is the maximum current per conductor for helical winding?
a) from 12 A and above 12 A
b) from 300 A and above 300 A
c) upto 40 A
d) upto 80 A

Answer: b
Explanation: The maximum current per conductor for continuous disc winding is from 12 A and
above 12 A. The maximum current per conductor for cross over winding is upto 40 A and the
maximum current per conductor for cylindrical winding with circular conductors is upto 80 A.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Temperature Rise in Transformers

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 208

 Transformer Questions & Answers

1. The problem of temperature rise and cooling of transformers is essentially the same as that of
rotating machinery.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: There are problems of temperature rise and cooling of transformers which decreases
the efficiency of the transformers. The same problems are also seen in the rotating machinery.

2. How are the losses in the transformer and rotating machines converted to?
a) the losses are converted to electrical energy
b) the losses are converted to electrical and mechanical energy
c) the losses are converted to mechanical energy
d) the losses are converted to thermal energy

Answer: d
Explanation: In both the transformer and the rotating machines the losses are converted to thermal
energy. This thermal energy causes heating of the transformer parts.

3. In how many ways does heat dissipation occur in transformers?

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: b
Explanation: The heat dissipation takes place in 3 ways in transformers. They are radiation,
convection and conduction.

4. What type of heat dissipation takes place when the heat flows from the outer surface of the
transformer part to the oil that cools it?
a) conduction
b) convection
c) conduction and convection
d) radiation

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 209

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: When heat flows from the outer surface of transformer part to the oil which cools it, it
is convection. In transformers all 3 types of heat dissipation occur.

5. What type of heat dissipation takes place when heat flows from oil to walls of a cooler?
a) conduction
b) convection
c) radiation
d) conduction and convection

Answer: b
Explanation: When heat flows from oil to walls of the cooler, the heat dissipation type is
convection. In transformers all 3 types of heat dissipation takes place.

6. What type of heat dissipation takes place when heat flows from the walls of the cooler to the
cooling medium?
a) convection
b) radiation
c) convection and radiation
d) conduction and radiation

Answer: c
Explanation: When the heat flows from the walls of the cooler to the cooling medium, it is both
convection and radiation. In transformer all 3 types of heat dissipation occurs.

7. What is the range of the working temperature of oil determined by the tests?
a) 40-60° C
b) 30-60° C
c) 45-60° C
d) 50-60° C

Answer: d
Explanation: The minimum value of the working temperature of oil as cooling medium is
determined to be 50°C. The maximum value of the working temperature of oil as cooling medium is
determined to be 60°C.

8. What is the formula for specific heat dissipation due to convection of oil?
a) specific heat dissipation = 40.3*(temperature difference of the surface relative to oil/height of the
dissipating surface) W per m – °C

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 210

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) specific heat dissipation = 40.3 / (temperature difference of the surface relative to oil/height of
the dissipating surface) W per m – °C
c) specific heat dissipation = 40.3*(temperature difference of the surface relative to oil * height of
the dissipating surface) W per m – °C
d) specific heat dissipation = 40.3*(temperature difference of the surface relative to oil + height of
the dissipating surface) W per m – °C

Answer: a
Explanation: First the temperature difference of the surface relative to oil is calculated, then the
height of the dissipating surface is also calculated. Substituting in the above formula provides the
specific heat dissipation due to convection of oil.

9. What is the value of specific heat dissipation for convection due to air?
a) 8 W per m – °C
b) 6 W per m – °C
c) 9 W per m – °C
d) 10 W per m – °C

Answer: a
Explanation: The value of the specific heat dissipation for convection due to air is 8 W per m – °C.
The value of specific heat dissipation will vary for different medium.

10. The convection due to air is 10 times the convection due to oil.
a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: The convection due to oil is 10 times the convection due to air. This constitutes a
major valuable property of oil as a cooling medium.

11. How do the walls of the transformer tank dissipate heat?

a) by radiation
b) by convection
c) by conduction
d) by convection and radiation

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 211

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The plain walled tanks of the transformer also dissipate heat through convection and
radiation. The property is similar to that of the rotating machinery.

12. What is the specific heat dissipated by the plain walled tanks of the transformer by radiation
and convection?
a) 6.5, 6 W per m – °C
b) 6, 6.5 W per m – °C
c) 6.5, 6.5 W per m – °C
d) 6, 6 W per m – °C

Answer: b
Explanation: The heat dissipated by the plain walled tanks of the transformer by radiation is 6 W
per m – °C. The heat dissipated by the plain walled tanks of the transformer by convection is 6.5 W
per m – °C.

13. What is the formula for the temperature rise of the transformers?
a) temperature rise = total loss * specific heat dissipation * surface temperature
b) temperature rise = total loss / (specific heat dissipation * surface temperature)
c) temperature rise = total loss / specific heat dissipation / surface temperature
d) temperature rise = total loss * specific heat dissipation / surface temperature

Answer: b
Explanation: Firstly the surface temperature is calculated along with the specific heat dissipation
which is nothing but 12.5. Then the losses are calculated and substituted in the above formula.

14. Can the plain walled tanks accommodate the transformer for both large and small outputs?
a) the plain walled tanks can accommodate for large outputs but cannot accommodate for small
outputs
b) the plain walled tanks can accommodate for large outputs and small outputs
c) the plain walled tanks cannot accommodate for large outputs and small outputs
d) the plain walled tanks can accommodate for small outputs but cannot accommodate for large
outputs

Answer: d
Explanation: The plain walled tanks are large enough to accommodate the transformer and oil has
sufficient surface to keep the temperature rise within limits for small outputs. But the plain walled
tanks cannot accommodate the transformers for large outputs.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 212

 Transformer Questions & Answers

15. How are the ratings of the transformer, losses and temperature rise related?
a) increase, decrease, increase
b) decrease, increase, increase
c) increase, increase, increase
d) decrease, increase, decrease

Answer: c
Explanation: As the rating of the transformer increases, the losses also increase. As the losses
increase the heat dissipated increases and gives high temperature rise.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Design of Tank

1. What is the usage of the tanks with tubes?
a) if the temperature rise with plain tank is very low
b) if the temperature rise with plain tank is very high
c) if the temperature rise is zero
d) if the temperature rise with plain tank exceeds the specific limits

Answer: d
Explanation: Temperature rise in transformers is calculated with plain walled tanks. If the limits is
exceeded then the plain walled tank is replaced by tank with tubes.

2. What is the relation of the provision of tubes with respect to dissipation of heat?
a) the provision of tubes is directly proportional to the dissipation of heat
b) the provision of tubes is indirectly proportional to the dissipation of heat
c) the provision of tubes is directly proportional to square of the dissipation of heat
d) the provision of tubes is indirectly proportional to square of the dissipation of heat

Answer: b
Explanation: The provision of tubes increases the dissipating area. The increase in dissipation of
heat is not proportional to area because tube screen some of the tank surface preventing radiation
from there.

3. What is the relation of the transformer surface with respect to dissipation of heat?
a) transformer surface has no relation with respect to dissipation of heat
b) transformer surface has minor changes with respect to dissipation of heat
c) transformer surface has major changes with respect to dissipation of heat
d) transformer surface has no change with respect to dissipation of heat

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 213

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: d
Explanation: When the tanks with tubes are provided, the dissipation of heat increases. The
dissipation of heat has no effect on the transformer surface.

4. How is the circulation of oil improved in tanks with tubes?

a) it can be improved by using dissipating heat
b) it can be improved by using more effective air circulation
c) it can be improved by using more effect power flow
d) it can be improved by using more effective heads of pressure

Answer: d
Explanation: The circulation of oil is improved in tanks with tubes. It takes place with the help of
using more effective heads of pressure.

5. An addition of 35 percent should be made to tube area of the transformers.

a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: An addition of 35 percent should be made to tube area of the transformer. This should
be done in order to take into account this improvement in dissipation of loss by convection.

6. What is the loss dissipated by tubes by convection, given area of the tubes = 3.5?
a) 12.3 W per °c
b) 2.51 W per °c
c) 5.3 W per °c
d) 30.8 W per °c

Answer: d
Explanation: Loss dissipated by tubes by convection = 8.8 * Area of tubes
Loss = 8.8 * 3.5 = 30.8 W per °c.

7. What is the formula for temperature rise with tubes?

a) temperature rise with tubes = total loss / dissipating surface*(12.5 + 8.8x)
b) temperature rise with tubes = total loss * dissipating surface*(12.5 + 8.8x)
c) temperature rise with tubes = total loss / dissipating surface / (12.5 + 8.8x)
d) temperature rise with tubes = total loss + dissipating surface*(12.5 + 8.8x)

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 214

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The total losses in the transformers are obtained firstly the iron loss and copper loss.
Next the dissipating surface temperature is obtained and substituting in the above formula gives
the temperature rise.

8. What is the formula for number of tubes?

a) number of tubes = (1/ 8 * area of each tube) * (total loss / temperature rise with tubes – 12.5
* dissipating surface)
b) number of tubes = (1* 8 * area of each tube) * (total loss / temperature rise with tubes – 12.5
* dissipating surface)
c) number of tubes = (1/ 8 * area of each tube) / (total loss / temperature rise with tubes – 12.5
* dissipating surface)
d) number of tubes = (1/ 8 * area of each tube) + (total loss / temperature rise with tubes – 12.5
* dissipating surface)

Answer: a
Explanation: First the temperature rise with tubes is obtained. Then the iron loss and copper loss
are obtained and added. Area of each tube is also obtained. Substituting all the values in the above
formula provides the number of tubes.

9. What is the range of the diameter of the tubes used?

a) 50-60 mm
b) 60-70 mm
c) 70-80 mm
d) 50-70 mm
Answer: d
Explanation: The minimum value of the diameter of tubes is derived to be around 50 mm. The
maximum value of the diameter of tubes should be less than 70 mm.

10. Elliptical tubes with pressed radiators are increasingly been used.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: Elliptical tubes with pressed radiators are on high demand now a days. This is because
they give a greater dissipating surface for the small volume of oil.

11. What is the formula for width of the tank for single phase transformers used?

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 215

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) width of tank = 2*distance between adjacent limbs + external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank
b) width of tank = distance between adjacent limbs + external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank
c) width of tank = 2*distance between adjacent limbs * external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank
d) width of tank = distance between adjacent limbs * external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank

Answer: b
Explanation: Width of tank = 2*distance between adjacent limbs + external diameter of h.v windings
+ 2*clearance between h.v windings and tank is the formula for three phase transformer. For single
phase transformers, the distance between adjacent limbs is not multiplied.

12. What is the formula for the length of the tank?

a) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding + clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width
b) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding * clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width
c) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding + 2*clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width
d) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding / 2*clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width

Answer: c
Explanation: The external diameter of h.v winding is obtained. Next the clearance on each side
between the winding and tank along the width is calculated and is substituted in the above
formula.

13. What is the formula for height of transformer tank?

a) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame + clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank
b) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame * clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank
c) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame/clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank
d) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame – clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 216

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Firstly, the height of the transformer frame is calculated. Next, the clearance height
between the assembled transformer and tank is also calculated. Substitute the values to obtain the
height of transformer tank.

14. What is the rating of the transformer for the voltage of about 11 kV?
a) 1000-2000 kVA
b) 100-3000 kVA
c) 1000-5000 kVA
d) 100-500 kVA

Answer: c
Explanation: The minimum value of the rating of the transformer for a voltage of about 11kV should
be 1000 kVA. The maximum value of the rating of the transformer for a voltage of about 11 kV
should be about 5000 kVA.

15. What is the rating of the transformer for the voltage of above 11 kV upto 33 kV?
a) 1000-5000kVA
b) less than 1000kVA
c) above 1000kVA
d) 100-500kVA

Answer: b
Explanation: 1000-5000kVA is the rating of the transformer for the voltage of about 11 kV.
When the voltage rating is about 11-33 kV, then the rating of the transformer is less than 1000kVA.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Methods of Cooling of Transformers

1. How many types of cooling methods are available for the transformer?
a) 3
b) 2
c) 1
d) 4

Answer: a
Explanation: There are 3 types of cooling methods available for transformers. They are natural
cooling, air blast cooling, forced oil circulation.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 217

 Transformer Questions & Answers

2. How are the radiators cooled in the present time?

a) by natural cooling
b) by forced cooling using small fans
c) by forced cooling using large fans
d) by using external air

Answer: b
Explanation: At present time the radiators are cooled using forced cooling. The forced cooling takes
place with the help of the small fans mounted on each radiator.

3. What type of cooling is being made use of in transformers having a capacity of less than 11MVA?
a) natural cooling
b) forced cooling
c) air blast cooling
d) forced cooling and air blast cooling

Answer: a
Explanation: For transformers having capacity less than 11MVA, natural cooling is made use of. For
transformers having capacity more than 11MVA, air blast cooling is used.

4. Compared to the natural cooling, how much of heat dissipation is increased by air blast cooling?
a) 50-70%
b) 60-70%
c) 50-60%
d) 40-60%
Answer: c
Explanation: Air blast cooling helps in increased heat dissipation. The minimum value of increased
heat dissipation is 50% and maximum value is 60%.

5. Increase in the velocity of oil circulation increases the transformer output.

a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: The increases in velocity of the air circulation increases the temperature. The
temperature rise increases the transformer output.

6. What is the relation of the increase of the oil circulation rate with energy losses?

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 218

 Transformer Questions & Answers

a) increase of the oil circulation rate is not depending with energy losses
b) increase of the oil circulation rate is directly proportional to the energy losses
c) increase of the oil circulation rate is directly proportional to the square of energy losses
d) increase of the oil circulation rate is indirectly proportional to energy losses

Answer: b
Explanation: The increase in the oil circulation rate is unsuitable because this increases the large
energy losses In the pumping unit. To cool the oil, it is circulate through a special oil cooler.

7. What is the flow rate of the circulating oil in an air cooler with natural air cooling?
a) 12.5 litre per minute per KW of losses
b) 12 litre per minute per KW of losses
c) 14 litre per minute per KW of losses
d) 13 litre per minute per KW of losses

Answer: b
Explanation: When natural air cooling is used, the flow rate is 12 liters per minute per KW of losses.
Even when the air blast cooling is used, the transformer output increases roughly to the same
extent.

8. What is the range of the cooler surfaces per 1 KW of losses?

a) 0.1-0.25 m
b) 0.18-0.2 m
c) 0.1-0.2 m
d) 0.18-0.25 m
Answer: d
Explanation: The minimum value of the cooler surfaces per 1 KW of losses is 0.18 m. The maximum
value of the cooler surfaces per 1 KW of losses is 0.25 m.

9. What is the range of the flow rate of circulating oil per KW of losses?
a) 6-7 liters per minute
b) 5-6 liters per minute
c) 6-8 liters per minute
d) 6-7 liters per minute

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 219

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The minimum value of the flow rate of circulating oil per KW of losses is derived to be
6 liters per minute. The maximum value of the flow rate of circulating oil per kW of losses is derived
to be 8 liters per minute.

10. The temperature difference between the incoming and outgoing water is greater than 10°C.
a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: The water flow rate is about 1.5 litres per minute. The difference in temperature
between the incoming water and outgoing water is 10°C.

11. What is the formula for width of the tank for single phase transformers used?
a) width of tank = 2*distance between adjacent limbs + external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank
b) width of tank = distance between adjacent limbs + external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank
c) width of tank = 2*distance between adjacent limbs * external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank
d) width of tank = distance between adjacent limbs * external diameter of h.v windings +
2*clearance between h.v windings and tank

Answer: b
Explanation: Width of tank = 2*distance between adjacent limbs + external diameter of h.v windings
+ 2*clearance between h.v windings and tank is the formula for three phase transformer. For single
phase transformers, the distance between adjacent limbs is not multiplied.

12. What is the formula for the length of the tank?

a) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding + clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width
b) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding * clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width
c) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding + 2*clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width
d) length of the tank = external diameter of h.v winding / 2*clearance on each side between the
winding and tank along the width

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 220

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The external diameter of h.v winding is obtained. Next, the clearance on each side
between the winding and tank along the width is calculated and is substituted in the above
formula.

13. What is the formula for the height of transformer tank?

a) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame + clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank
b) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame * clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank
c) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame/clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank
d) height of transformer tank = Height of transformer frame – clearance height between the
assembled transformer and tank

Answer: a
Explanation: Firstly, the height of the transformer frame is calculated. Next, the clearance height
between the assembled transformer and tank is also calculated. Substitute the values to obtain the
height of transformer tank.

14. What is the rating of the transformer for the voltage of about 11 kV?
a) 1000-2000 kVA
b) 100-3000 kVA
c) 1000-5000 kVA
d) 100-500 kVA

Answer: c
Explanation: The minimum value of the rating of the transformer for a voltage of about 11kV should
be 1000 kVA. The maximum value of the rating of the transformer for a voltage of about 11 kV
should be about 5000 kVA.

15. What is the rating of the transformer for the voltage of above 11 kV upto 33 kV?
a) 1000-5000 kVA
b) less than 1000 kVA
c) above 1000 kVA
d) 100-500 kVA

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 221

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: 1000-5000 kVA is the rating of the transformer for the voltage of about 11kV. When the
voltage rating is about 11-33 kV, then the rating of the transformer is less than 1000kVA.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Overall Dimensions – 1

1. What is the formula for the diameter of the single phase core type transformer?
a) D = diameter of circumscribing circle + Width of window
b) D = diameter of circumscribing circle – Width of window
c) D = diameter of circumscribing circle * Width of window
d) D = diameter of circumscribing circle / Width of window

Answer: a
Explanation: First the diameter of the circumscribing circle is obtained. Next, the width of the
window is calculated, and the sum of both the data provides the diameter of the single phase core
transformer.

2. What is the formula for height of the single phase core type transformer?
a) height = height of the window – height of the yoke
b) height = height of the window + height of the yoke
c) height = height of the window – (2*height of the yoke)
d) height = height of the window + (2*height of the yoke)

Answer: d
Explanation: The height of the window is first obtained. Next, the height of the yoke is calculated
and it is multiplied by 2. Addition of both the values gives the height of the single phase core type
transformer.

3. What is the formula for width of the single phase core type transformer?
a) width = Width of largest stamping / Diameter of the transformer
b) width = Width of largest stamping + Diameter of the transformer
c) width = Width of largest stamping – Diameter of the transformer
d) width = Width of largest stamping * Diameter of the transformer

Answer: b
Explanation: Firstly, the width of the largest stamping is calculated. Next, the diameter of the
transformer is calculated and the sum of both the values gives the width of the transformer.

4. What is the formula for the width over 2 limbs?

a) width = Width of largest stamping + Diameter of the transformer

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 222

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) width = Diameter + outer diameter of hv windings

c) width = Diameter – outer diameter of hv windings
d) width = outer diameter of hv windings

Answer: b
Explanation: width = outer diameter of hv windings is the width over one limb. width = Width of
largest stamping + Diameter of the transformer is the formula for width of the transformer.

5. The formula for single phase core type and three phase core type diameter and height are same.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: D = diameter of circumscribing circle + Width of window is the diameter of single
phase and 3 phase core type transformers. height = height of the window + (2*height of the yoke) is
the height of the single and three phase core type transformers.

6. What is the formula for the width over one limb?

a) width over one limb = outer diameter of hv winding
b) width over one limb = 2*Diameter – outer diameter of hv winding
c) width over one limb = 2*Diameter + outer diameter of hv winding
d) width over one limb = Diameter + outer diameter of hv winding

Answer: a
Explanation: Width over one limb = 2*Diameter + outer diameter of hv winding is the formula for
the width over 3 limbs. For one limb the width is equal to the outer diameter of hv winding.

7. What is the formula for the width of the single phase shell type transformer?
a) width = 2*Width of the window + width of the largest stamping
b) width = Width of the window + 4*width of the largest stamping
c) width = Width of the window + width of the largest stamping
d) width = 2*Width of the window + 4*width of the largest stamping

Answer: d
Explanation: First the width of the window is obtained. Next the width of the largest stamping is
obtained. Substituting in the above formula provides the width of the single-phase shell type
transformer.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 223

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. What is the height of the single phase shell type transformer?

a) height = height of window + width of the largest stamping
b) height = 2*height of window + width of the largest stamping
c) height = height of window + 2* width of the largest stamping
d) height = height of window – width of the largest stamping

Answer: c
Explanation: First the height of the window is obtained. Then the width of the largest stamping is
calculated and substituting in the above formula provides the height of the single phase shell type
transformer.

9. What is the formula to calculate the voltage per turn of the transformer?
a) voltage per turn = space factor * square root of output power
b) voltage per turn = space factor / square root of output power
c) voltage per turn = space factor / square root of output power
d) voltage per turn = space factor * 2*square root of output power

Answer: a
Explanation: The corresponding space factor is obtained using the formula. Then the output power
is obtained and square root of the output power is taken and substituted in the above formula to
obtain the voltage per turn.

10. What is the formula for the net cross sectional area of the core of the transformer?
a) cross sectional area = voltage per turn * 4.44 * frequency * magnetic field
b) cross sectional area = voltage per turn / 4.44 * frequency * magnetic field
c) cross sectional area = voltage per turn * 4.44 / frequency * magnetic field
d) cross sectional area = voltage per turn * 4.44 * frequency / magnetic field
Answer: b
Explanation: For obtaining the cross sectional area, the voltage per turn is obtained. The frequency
is always 50 Hz. Then the magnetic field is obtained and substituted in the above formula.

11. What is the formula for the diameter of the circumscribing circle of the transformer?
a) diameter of the circumscribing circle = 2*square root of ratio of cross sectional area of the core
to the space factor
b) diameter of the circumscribing circle = 3*square root of ratio of cross sectional area of the core
to the space factor
c) diameter of the circumscribing circle = square root of ratio of cross sectional area of the core to
the space factor

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 224

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) diameter of the circumscribing circle = 4*square root of ratio of cross sectional area of the core
to the space factor

Answer: c
Explanation: First the cross sectional area of the core is obtained by the formula cross sectional
area = voltage per turn / 4.44 * frequency * magnetic field. Next the space factor is obtained.
Substituting in the formula provides the diameter of the circumscribing circle.

12. What is the formula for the width of the window of the transformer?
a) width of the window = distance between core centers + diameter of the circumscribing circle
b) width of the window = distance between core centers – diameter of the circumscribing circle
c) width of the window = distance between core centers * diameter of the circumscribing circle
d) width of the window = distance between core centers / diameter of the circumscribing circle

Answer: b
Explanation: The diameter of the circumscribing circle is obtained from the formula, diameter of
the circumscribing circle = square root of ratio of cross sectional area of the core to the space
factor. After obtaining the distance between core centers, the width of the window is obtained.

13. What is the formula for window area of the transformer?

a) window area = output power * 2.22 * frequency * magnetic field * window space factor * current
density * area of cross section of the core *10
b) window area = output power / 2.22 * frequency * magnetic field * window space factor *current
density * area of cross section of the core *10
c) window area = output power / 3.33 * frequency * magnetic field * window space factor *current
density * area of cross section of the core *10
d) window area = output power * 3.33 * frequency * magnetic field * window space factor *current
density * area of cross section of the core*10

Answer: b
Explanation: The window space factor, the current density and the core cross sectional area are
obtained by their respective formula. The frequency is 50Hz and then the magnetic field and the
output power is calculated to obtain the window space factor.

14. What is the formula for the height of the window?

a) height of window = area of window * width of the window
b) height of window = area of window + width of the window
c) height of window = area of window – width of the window

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 225

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) height of window = area of window / width of the window

Answer: d
Explanation: First the area of the window is obtained. Next the window width is obtained.
The ratio of both gives the height of the window.

15. The range of the ratio of the height of the window to the width of the window is 2-4.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: The ratio of the height of the window to the width of the window should be adjusted
such that it is above 2. The ratio of the height of the window to the width of the window should be
adjusted such that it is below 4.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Overall Dimensions – 2

1. What is the formula for the depth and height of the yoke for stepped core?
a) depth = width of largest stamping, height = 2* width of largest stamping
b) depth = 2*width of largest stamping, height = width of largest stamping
c) depth = width of largest stamping, height = width of largest stamping
d) depth = 2*width of largest stamping, height = 2* width of largest stamping

Answer: c
Explanation: The depth of the yoke of stepped core is equal to the width of the largest stamping.
The height of the yoke for the stepped core is also equal to the width of the largest stamping.

2. The height and the width of the single phase and three phase core type transformers are equal.
a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: The height of both the single phase and three phase core type transformers are equal.
The width of the single phase and three phase core type are not same.

3. What is the formula for the height and width of the single phase shell transformer?
a) width = 2*width of the window + 4*width of the largest stamping, height = height of the window
+ 2*width of the largest stamping

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 226

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) width = 2*width of the window – 4*width of the largest stamping, height = height of the window
+ 2*width of the largest stamping
c) width = 2*width of the window + 4*width of the largest stamping, height = height of the window
– 2*width of the largest stamping
d) width = 2*width of the window – 4*width of the largest stamping, height = height of the window
-2*width of the largest stamping

Answer: a
Explanation: First the width of the window is obtained. Next, the height of the window is obtained.
Then, the width of the largest stamping is obtained and substituted in the above formula.

4. What is the formula to calculate the number of turns/phase?

a) number of turns = secondary voltage * voltage per turn
b) number of turns = secondary voltage / voltage per turn
c) number of turns = secondary voltage + voltage per turn
d) number of turns = secondary voltage – voltage per turn

Answer: b
Explanation: First the voltage across the secondary winding of the transformer is obtained. Next,
the voltage across each turn is obtained. On substituting we get the number of turns.

5. What is the formula for the cross sectional area of the secondary conductor of the transformer?
a) cross sectional area = secondary current * current density
b) cross sectional area = secondary current + current density
c) cross sectional area = secondary current / current density
d) cross sectional area = secondary current – current density

Answer: c
Explanation: The current flowing through the secondary winding of the transformer is calculated.
Next the current density is calculated and the ratio gives the cross sectional area of the secondary
conductor.

6. What is the formula for the conductor dimensions in transformer?

a) conductor dimensions = conductor width * conductor thickness + 0.5 mm
b) conductor dimensions = conductor width / conductor thickness + 0.5 mm
c) conductor dimensions = conductor width + conductor thickness + 0.5 mm
d) conductor dimensions = conductor width – conductor thickness + 0.5 mm

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 227

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The width of the conductor is first calculated. Next, the thickness of the conductor
is calculated. On obtaining these data the conductor dimensions can be obtained.

7. What is the formula for axial depth of low voltage winding?

a) axial depth = number of secondary turns / width of the conductor
b) axial depth = number of secondary turns * width of the conductor
c) axial depth = number of secondary turns + width of the conductor
d) axial depth = number of secondary turns – width of the conductor

Answer: b
Explanation: The number of secondary turns is calculated first. Then the width of the conductor is
obtained. With the 2 data, the axial depth is obtained.

8. What is the formula for the window clearance of the transformer?

a) window clearance = (height of the window + axial depth)/2
b) window clearance = (height of the window – axial depth)
c) window clearance = (height of the window – axial depth)/2
d) window clearance = (height of the window + axial depth)

Answer: c
Explanation: First the height of the window is obtained. Then the axial depth is calculated using the
formula axial depth = number of secondary turns * width of the conductor and substituting in the
above formula provides the window clearance.

9. What is the formula to calculate the radial depth of low voltage windings?
a) radial depth of the lv windings = number of layers * radial depth of the conductors * insulation
between layers
b) radial depth of the lv windings = number of layers * radial depth of the conductors –insulation
between layers
c) radial depth of the lv windings = number of layers / radial depth of the conductors + insulation
between layers
d) radial depth of the lv windings = number of layers * radial depth of the conductors + insulation
between layers

Answer: d

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 228

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The number of layers is first taken note of. Then the radial depth of the conductors is
calculated along with the insulation between layers. On substituting the values in the above
formula the radial depth of the low voltage windings is obtained.

10. What is the formula for the inside diameter of the low voltage windings?
a) inside diameter = diameter of the circumscribing circle + pressboard thickness insulation
between l.v winding and core
b) inside diameter = diameter of the circumscribing circle – pressboard thickness insulation
between l.v winding and core
c) inside diameter = diameter of the circumscribing circle + 2*pressboard thickness insulation
between l.v winding and core
d) inside diameter = diameter of the circumscribing circle – 2* pressboard thickness insulation
between l.v winding and core

Answer: c
Explanation: For calculating the inner diameter, first the diameter of the circumscribing circle is
obtained using the corresponding formula. Then the pressboard thickness insulation is calculated.

11. What is the assumption for width of the largest stamping for the stepped core transformer?
a) 0.9*d
b) 0.71*d
c) 0.85*d
d) 0.8*d

Answer: a
Explanation: If the width of the largest stamping is not provided, then for stepped core a = 0.9*d.
For the cruciform it is a = 0.85*d and for the square core it is a = 0.71*d.

12. What is the range for the current density at HT side for a distribution transformer?
a) 2.4-3.5 Amp per mm
b) 2-2.5 Amp per mm
c) 1-3.5 Amp per mm
d) 2-3.5 Amp per mm

Answer: b
Explanation: 2.4-3.5 Amp per mm is the range for the current density at HT side for a power
transformer. 2-2.5 Amp per mm is the range for the current density at HT side for a distribution
transformer.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 229

 Transformer Questions & Answers

13. What is the relation of the height of the window with the winding height with respect to the
rectangular conductors?
a) winding height = 60% * window height
b) winding height = 50% * window height
c) winding height = 80% * window height
d) winding height = 70% * window height

Answer: d
Explanation: In case of selection of the rectangular conductors, first the window height is obtained.
Next the 70% of the window height provides the winding height.

14. What is the formula for number of turns/coil axially?

a) number of turns/coil axially = axial length / diameter of the insulated conductor
b) number of turns/coil axially = axial length * diameter of the insulated conductor
c) number of turns/coil axially = axial length – diameter of the insulated conductor
d) number of turns/coil axially = axial length + diameter of the insulated conductor

Answer: a
Explanation: First the axial length is calculated from its respective formula. Then the diameter of
the insulated conductor is calculated, and the ratio gives the number of turns/coil axially.

15. The axial length of 16 coils = axial length of each coil * 16.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: The axial length of each coil is calculated initially from its corresponding formula.
Then the value is multiplied by the number of coils present.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Errors

1. What is the definition of current transformer?
a) it is used for measuring high voltage
b) it is used for measuring low voltage
c) it is used for measuring high current
d) it is used for measuring low current

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 230

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: For the measuring of high currents, the current transformer is made use of. The
measured current is scaled down to lower values equivalently.

2. How many classifications are present for the current transformers?

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

Answer: b
Explanation: The current transformer is divided into 2 types. They are I) measuring current
transformer and II) protective current transformer.

3. What is the definition of the ideal current transformer?

a) the primary and secondary windings are in exact ratio and same phase relationship
b) the primary winding and secondary winding ratio is greater than 1 and same phase relationship
c) the primary and secondary winding ratio is lesser than 1 are in exact ratio and different phase
relationship
d) the primary and secondary windings ratio is greater than 1 and different phase relationship

Answer: a
Explanation: The primary and secondary winding ratio are same. The phase relationship of the
windings are also same.

4. How many types of errors are present in the current transformers?

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

Answer: b
Explanation: There are 2 types of errors present in the current transformers. They are ratio error
and phase angle error.

5. What is the formula of the angle between secondary induced voltage and secondary current?
a) phase angle = tan *[(reactance of the secondary winding – reactance of the external burden) /
(resistance of the secondary winding + resistance of the external burden)]
b) phase angle = tan *[(reactance of the secondary winding – reactance of the external burden) /

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 231

 Transformer Questions & Answers

(resistance of the secondary winding – resistance of the external burden)]

c) phase angle = tan *[(reactance of the secondary winding * reactance of the external burden) /
(resistance of the secondary winding + resistance of the external burden)]
d) phase angle = tan *[(reactance of the secondary winding + reactance of the external burden) /
(resistance of the secondary winding + resistance of the external burden)]

Answer: d
Explanation: The reactance of the secondary windings and the external burden is first calculated.
Next, the resistance of the secondary windings and external burden is calculated and on
substitution gives the value of the phase angle.

6. What is the formula of the phase angle of the secondary load circuit?
a) phase angle of secondary load circuit = tan * (reactance of the external burden/resistance of the
external burden)
b) phase angle of secondary load circuit = tan * (reactance of the external burden + resistance of
the external burden)
c) phase angle of secondary load circuit = tan * (reactance of the external burden – resistance of
the external burden)
d) phase angle of secondary load circuit = tan * (reactance of the external burden * resistance of
the external burden)

Answer: a
Explanation: The reactance and resistance of the external burden is first calculated. Next, the value
is taken tan inverse to obtain the phase angle of secondary load circuit.

7. What is the formula of the ratio error in the current transformers?

a) ratio error = turns ratio – regulation / regulation
b) ratio error = turns ratio + regulation / regulation
c) ratio error = turns ratio * regulation / regulation
d) ratio error = 1 / turns ratio * regulation

Answer: a
Explanation: First the turns ratio is calculated. Next the regulation of the current transformer is
obtained and on substitution gives the ratio error.

8. The ratio of active conductor section to total conductor section is called space factor.
a) true
b) false

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 232

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The space factor is a term that is used in the design of the magnet coils. It is the ratio
of the active conductor section to the total conductor section.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Current Transformers Construction

1. How many types are the current transformers classified into?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: a
Explanation: The current transformers are classified into 2 types. They are wound type and bar
type.

2. What is the wound type current transformer?

a) primary winding having one full turn wound on core
b) primary winding having more than one full turn wound on core
c) secondary winding having one full turn wound on core
d) secondary winding having more than one full turn wound on core

Answer: b
Explanation: The wound type current transformer is one of the classifications of the current
transformers. The primary winding has more than one full turn wound on core.

3. What is the bar type current transformer?

a) primary winding consists of a rod of suitable size and material
b) primary winding consists of a bar of suitable size and material
c) secondary winding consists of a rod of suitable size and material
d) secondary winding consists of a bar of suitable size and material

Answer: b
Explanation: The bar type current transformer is one of the classifications of the current
transformers. In bar type winding, primary winding consists of a bar of suitable size and material.

4. How many commonly used shapes of current transformer are present?

a) 1

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 233

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

Answer: c
Explanation: The current transformers consist of 3 commonly used shapes. They are stadium,
circular, rectangular orifices.

5. What material is made use of for the lamination in the current transformer?
a) cold rolled steels
b) hot rolled steels
c) copper
d) hot iron

Answer: b
Explanation: The current transformer consists of stacks of laminations. The lamination used in the
current transformer is hot rolled steel.

6. What is the insulation material used in the current transformer?

a) elephantide
b) presspahn
c) elephantide and presspahn
d) elephantide or presspahn

Answer: d
Explanation: The insulation in current transformer is by means of end collars and circumferential
wraps. The insulation material used in elephantide or presspahn.
7. What is the additional usage of the presspahn material used as insulation material?
a) lamination
b) to reduce the losses
c) to protect secondary winding conductor from mechanical damage
d) to protect secondary winding conductor from electrical damage

Answer: c
Explanation: The presspahn is used as insulating material in the current transformer. In addition to
that the presspahn is also used to protect the secondary winding conductor from mechanical
damage.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 234

 Transformer Questions & Answers

8. What is the other name of the ring type current transformer?

a) brush transformer
b) cloud transformer
c) circular transformer
d) bushing transformer

Answer: d
Explanation: The ring type current transformer is one type of current transformer. It is also known
as the bushing transformer.

9. How many faces are present in the split core current transformer?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: a
Explanation: The split core transformer consists of a split core. The split half consists of 2 finely
grounded or lapped gap faces.

10. The current transformers are assembled on to the secondary conductors “on site” for either
permanent or temporary duty.
a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: The current transformers are assembled on to the primary conductors. They are
assembled “on site” for the permanent or temporary duty.

11. What is the insulation material on the primary conductor?

a) bakelized paper tube
b) resin
c) bakelized paper tube and resin
d) bakelized paper tube or resin

Answer: d
Explanation: The insulation material on the primary conductors is generally made up of the
bakelized paper tube. It can also be made use of resin directly moulded on the bar.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 235

 Transformer Questions & Answers

12. How is the reluctance of the interleaved corner related with the magnetizing current?
a) reluctance of the interleaved corner is directly proportional to the magnetizing current
b) reluctance of the interleaved corner is indirectly proportional to the magnetizing current
c) reluctance of the interleaved corner is directly proportional to the square of the magnetizing
current
d) reluctance of the interleaved corner is indirectly proportional to the square of the magnetizing
current

Answer: a
Explanation: The reluctance of the interleaved corner is directly proportional to the magnetizing
current. As the reluctance is being reduced it in turn reduces the magnetizing current.

13. To reduce the peak voltage between layers, the secondary winding is being sectionalized.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: The large number of secondary turns requiring more than 1 winding layer, the
secondary winding is sectionalized. This is because to reduce the peak voltage between layers.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Design Principles

1. How many design principles are present in the current transformers?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: d
Explanation: There are 5 design principles present in the current transformers. They are core
design, secondary current rating, primary current rating, windings and behavior of the transformer
under short circuit current.

2. What should be done in order to reduce the errors in the core?

a) armature mmf is to kept low
b) field mmf to be kept high
c) the exciting mmf is to bekept low
d) the field mmf is to be kept high

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 236

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Explanation: The errors in the core are reduced by keeping the exciting mmf low. This can take
place with the core having a low reluctance and low iron loss.

3. How many classifications are the magnetic alloys used in the current transformers classified into?
a) 3
b) 2
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: a
Explanation: The magnetic alloys used in the current transformers are divided into 3 types. They
are hot rolled silicon steel, cold rolled grain oriented silicon steel and nickel iron alloys.

4. What is the material used in the transformer when the transformer errors should be small?
a) mumetal cores
b) steel cores
c) permender cores
d) presshamn cores

Answer: a
Explanation: The mumetal cores are commonly used when it is essential that transformer errors
shall be small. Mumetal has the properties of high permeability, low loss and small retentivity.

5. What is the relation of the secondary winding leakage reactance and secondary circuit
impedance?
a) secondary winding leakage reactance is directly proportional to the secondary circuit impedance
b) secondary winding leakage reactance is indirectly proportional to the secondary circuit
impedance
c) secondary winding leakage reactance is directly proportional to the square of the secondary
circuit impedance
d) secondary winding leakage reactance is indirectly proportional to the square of the secondary
circuit impedance

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 237

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The secondary winding leakage reactance is directly proportional to the secondary
circuit impedance. In secondary winding the leakage reactance is reduced and in turn the
secondary circuit impedance is reduced.

6. The ring shaped cores are made use of in the reduction of the secondary winding leakage
reactance and secondary impedance.
a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: The secondary winding leakage reactance is directly proportional to the secondary
impedance. The ring shaped cores around which the toroidal secondary windings of one or more
layers are uniformly distributed.

7. What type of core is employed when the performance standard required is not so high?
a) rectangular strips
b) c-shaped sections
c) rectangular strips or c-shaped sections
d) rectangular strips and c-shaped sections

Answer: c
Explanation: Ring core type is used only for the high performance operation. The rectangular strips
or c-shaped sections are used when the standard of performance required is not so high.

8. What should the magnetic path be in order to reduce the core reluctance?
a) length of the magnetic path in core should be low
b) length of the magnetic path in core should be medium
c) length of the magnetic path in core should be high
d) length of the magnetic path in core should be very high

Answer: a
Explanation: The length of the magnetic path in core should be as small as possible. This reduces
the core reluctance of the current transformer.

9. What is the value of the rated secondary current?

a) 1 A
b) 2 A
c) 3 A

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 238

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) 5 A

Answer: d
Explanation: The rating of the secondary current is the maximum current that can be passed
through the secondary windings. It is 5 A for the current transformer.

10. What are the disadvantages of the low rated secondary current transformer?
a) high cost
b) high voltages
c) high voltages or high cost
d) high voltages and high cost

Answer: d
Explanation: When there is a low secondary current rating in the current transformers they
produces high voltages if the secondary is left open. It is also costly to produce the windings
because of the extra time involved in the making.

11. What is the ideal condition with respect to the primary current rating?
a) ratio of secondary mmf to primary mmf should be high
b) ratio of secondary mmf to primary mmf should be low
c) ratio of excitation mmf to primary mmf should be high
d) ratio of excitation mmf to primary mmf should be low

Answer: d
Explanation: The primary current rating depends on exciting mmf and primary mmf. The ratio of
the exciting mmf to the primary mmf should be low.

12. What is the rating of the primary current in the current transformer?
a) 200 A
b) 300 A
c) 400 A
d) 500 A

Answer: d
Explanation: The rating of the primary current is minimum 500 A. If the rating is less than
500 A, then multi-turn primary windings and rating is above than 500 A, then single turn winding is
enough.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 239

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Turns Compensation

1. What is the use of the turns compensation in current transformer?
a) to increases the ratio error
b) to reduce the ratio error
c) to increase the phase angle error
d) to reduce the phase angle error

Answer: b
Explanation: There are 2 types of errors in the current transformer. The turns compensation is used
to reduce the ratio error.
2. What is the formula of the actual ratio?
a) actual ratio = turns ratio + load current* secondary current
b) actual ratio = turns ratio * load current * secondary current
c) actual ratio = turns ratio + load current / secondary current
d) actual ratio = turns ratio / load current * secondary current

Answer: c
Explanation: The turn ratio is first calculated. Next the load current and secondary current is
calculated and on substitution gives the actual ratio.

3. What happens if the number of secondary turns is reduced?

a) the primary turns is reduced
b) the output is reduced
c) the efficiency is reduced
d) the transformation ratio is reduced

Answer: d
Explanation: The reduction of the number of secondary turns reduces the transformation ratio. If
the number of secondary turns reduces by 1 percent the actual transformation ratio reduces by
equal percentage.

4. What is the best number of secondary turns of the current transformer?

a) 1
b) 2
c) 1 or 2 less than the number such that the turns ratio is equal to the nominal current ratio
d) 1 or 2 more than the number such that the turns ratio is equal to the nominal current ratio

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 240

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The best number of secondary turns of the current transformer is 1 or 2 less than the
number such that the turns ratio is equal to the nominal current ratio. For example in a 1000/5
current transformer, the secondary turns number would be 198 or 199 rather than 200.

5. The phase angle error is significantly affected by the small change in secondary turns.
a) true
b) false

Answer: b
Explanation: There are 2 types of errors which is the ratio error and phase angle error. The phase
angle error is not significantly affected by a small change in secondary turns.

8. How many factors are present in the behavior of transformer under short circuit conditions?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: b
Explanation: There are 3 factors present in the behavior of the transformer under short circuit
conditions. They are temperature rise, current density, mechanical forces.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Electrical Conducting Materials

1. What is the basic property of electrical conducting materials?
a) allows the passage of current through the materials
b) blocks the passage of current through the materials
c) leaks the current through the materials
d) reverses the direction of current in the materials

Answer: a
Explanation: The basic property of conducting materials is to allow the flow of charges, and align
them in a particular direction. The process is nothing but the flow of current in the materials.

2. What is the correct classification of the conducting materials?

a) low resistivity, low conductivity
b) low resistivity, high conductivity
c) high resistivity, high conductivity
d) medium resistivity, medium conductivity

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 241

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: Resistivity is inversely proportional to the conductivity. So, if the material consists of
high resistivity then it will obviously have low conductivity and vice versa.

3. Example of low resistivity material is _____________

a) silver
b) manganese
c) magnesium
d) tungsten

Answer: a
Explanation: Silver is the low resistivity material of all given materials. Tungsten is a part of high
resistivity materials. The other two materials do not have a fixed resistivity and they vary with
temperature.

4. Example of high resistivity material is ________________

a) copper
b) gold
c) aluminum
d) carbon

Answer: d
Explanation: Carbon is the highly resistivity material of all the materials. Whereas the other 3
materials are associated with low resistivity property in nature.

5. High resistivity material used in making the filaments of incandescent lamps.

a) true
b) false

Answer: a
Explanation: It is because to protect the lamps from getting over-heated. If the filaments get
overheated, it can lead to the bursting of the lamps.

6. What materials are used as conductors in the Transmission and Distribution sector?
a) copper
b) silver
c) tungsten

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 242

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) carbon

Answer: a
Explanation: Conductors in power system require less resistivity, highly malleable, highly ductile
and less cost. Silver has all the above properties, but it is highly costly. So that makes copper highly
suitable.

7. What are the properties of Conducting Materials with respect to temperature coefficient of
resistance and tensile strength?
a) low temperature coefficient, low tensile strength
b) low temperature coefficient, high tensile strength
c) high temperature coefficient, low tensile strength
d) high temperature coefficient, high tensile strength

Answer: b
Explanation: The resistance of the material should not increase with temperature rise. This can lead
to the loss of conduction property. High tensile strength allows in withstanding external
disturbances, for smooth functioning.

8. What are the conditions of the conducting materials with respect to melting point and resistance
to corrosion?
a) high melting point, low resistance to corrosion
b) low melting point, low resistance to corrosion
c) high melting point, high resistance to corrosion
d) low melting point, high resistance to corrosion

Answer: c
Explanation: High melting point, allows the materials to withstand low temperatures. High
resistance to corrosion allows the material to avoid corrosion, to conduct effectively.

9. How should the conducting materials be in terms of malleability and ductility?

a) highly malleable, less ductile
b) less malleable, less ductile
c) highly malleable, highly ductile
d) less malleable, highly ductile

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 243

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: The materials, having high malleability allow smooth conduction in transmission and
distribution. The materials having high ductility help in producing wires flexibly for conduction.

10. Aluminum has high conductivity than Copper.

a) true
b) false
Answer: b
Explanatio
n: Copper has high conductivity than Aluminum. The conductivity of Copper is
58.14*106 s/m and the conductivity of aluminum is 37.2*106 s/m.

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – High Conductivity Materials

1. Which material has the highest conductivity of all materials?
a) Silver
b) Copper
c) Gold
d) Tungsten

Answer: a
Explanation: On a scale of 100, silver has 100 percent on high conductivity, copper has 97. When
compared to silver and copper gold has only 76 percent. Tungsten is not a material of this group.

2. High conductivity materials are used in electrical machines.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: These materials have low resistivity. Hence they allow for the good flow of current,
which in turn allows the proper operation of the machine.

3. What are the characteristics of high conductivity materials based on cost and flexibility?
a) Low cost, low flexibility
b) Low cost, high flexibility
c) High cost, low flexibility
d) High cost, high flexibility

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 244

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Explanation: Cost should be always less, in order to help in purchase of many quantities of the
material for more applications. It should also be highly flexible, in order to mould according to
people’s choice.

4. What is the temperature coefficient of silver?

a) 0.00386 per°C
b) 0.0034 per°C
c) 0.00429 per°C
d) 0.0038 per°C

Answer: d
Explanation: 0.0034 per C relates to the temperature coefficient of Gold, whereas 0.00429 per C is
the temperature coefficient of Aluminum. 0.00386 per C corresponds to temperature coefficient of
Copper.

5. Silver is not used in practical electrical machines.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Silver has lots of properties which can make it suitable to be used in practical use.
But the high cost factor which occurs to Silver makes it used only for important instruments.

6. What is the conductivity of Copper?

a) 0.6329*10 mho/cm
b) 0.5952*10 mho/cm
c) 0.4529*10 mho/cm
d) 0.3773*10 mho/cm
Answer: b
Explanation: 0.6329*10 mho/cm relates to the conductivity value of Silver. 0.4529*10 mho/cm
relates to the conductivity value of Gold and 0.4529*10 mho/cm relates to the conductivity value of
Aluminum.

7. What is the melting point of aluminum?

a) 660°C
b) 1085°C
c) 962°C
d) 1064°C

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 245

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: 660 C is the melting point of Aluminum. 962 C relates to the melting point of Silver
and 1085 C is the melting point of Copper.

8. What is the specific gravity of aluminum?

a) 8.96 gm/cm
b) 19.30 gm/cm
c) 2.70 gm/cm
d) 10.49 gm/cm

Answer: c
Explanation: 8.96 gm/cm is the specific gravity of Copper. 19.30 gm/cm relates to the specific
gravity of Gold and 10.49 gm/cm is the specific gravity of Silver.

9. Which two elements are used in precious instruments?

a) Copper, Silver
b) Gold, Silver
c) Copper, Aluminum
d) Gold, Aluminum

Answer: b
Explanation: Silver is used only in precious instruments because of its high cost. Gold, on the other
hand, is not only costly but also not suitable for many practical applications and can lose its
properties easily.

10. Which property of aluminum it the most preferred element?

a) good conductivity
b) highly malleable, highly ductile
c) most abundant element
d) good corrosion resistant

Answer: c
Explanation: All the other elements among Silver, Copper, Gold have the other 3 properties along
with Aluminum. But all the above mentioned materials are not highly abundant, which is also an
important factor.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 246

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Magnetic Materials

1. What is the property of magnetic materials?
a) Resistivity
b) Conductivity
c) Permeability
d) Ductility

Answer: c
Explanation: There are many properties of magnetic materials, and permeability is one among
them. The other 3 properties are related to other materials like conducting and insulating
materials.

2. What is the property of permeability in magnetic materials?

a) how easily the magnetic flux is broken/clear
b) how easily the magnetic flux is set up
c) how long the magnetic flux takes to form
d) how long the magnetic flux takes to clear

Answer: b
Explanation: The basic operation of magnetic material is to form magnetic flux. Permeability is the
ability of the material to determine how easily the magnetic flux is set up.

3. What is the representation of permeability?

a) coercivity/retentivity
b) flux/flux density
c) magnetic force/magnetic flux density
d) magnetic flux density/magnetic force

Answer: d
Explanation: Permeability is the property which deals, with the relationship with magnetic flux
density and magnetic force. Magnetic force/Magnetic flux density deals with the reciprocal of
permeability. Coercivity/Retentivity deals with the terms of B-H curve.

4. How should the permeability and number of ampere turns for good magnetic materials be?
a) high permeability, high ampere turns
b) high permeability, low ampere turns
c) low permeability, low ampere turns
d) low permeability, high ampere turns

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 247

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Explanation: High permeability is always required in magnetic materials for its good operation. At
the same time high permeability leads to less ampere turns in the materials.

5. Is retentivity associated with B-H curve?

a) Yes
b) No

Answer: a
Explanation: B-H curve deals with the concepts of retentivity and coercivity. The property of
retentivity can be shown in the B-H curve by an increasing curve in the curve.

6. What is the property of retentivity in magnetic materials?

a) After removal of external magnetic fields, magnetization exists
b) After removal of external magnetic fields, magnetization doesn’t exist
c) After removal of internal magnetic fields, magnetization exists
d) After removal of internal magnetic fields, magnetization doesn’t exist

Answer: a
Explanation: Magnetic materials have the property of retentivity in which the magnetic flux
produced acts according to the external magnetic field. When the external field is removed, the
magnetization in the materials doesn’t deform immediately.

7. What is coercivity force in magnetic materials?

a) The force required to add upon the existing magnetization
b) The force required to remove the existing magnetization
c) The force required to produce magnetic flux
d) The force required to break magnetic flux
Answer: b
Explanation: Magnetic materials generally have the property of retaining magnetization, even if the
external magnetic field is removed. So, coercive force is the force that is required to reduce the
magnetization.

8. What are magnetic hard materials?

a) High retentivity, low coercivity
b) High retentivity, high coercivity
c) Low retentivity, low coercivity

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 248

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) Low retentivity, high coercivity

Answer: b
Explanation: High retentivity is required for protecting the magnetic materials from losing its
magnetic property. High coercivity is required to reduce the effect of retentivity to protect the
material.

9. What is reluctance in magnetic materials?

a) Allows the buildup of magnetic flux
b) Reduces the buildup of magnetic flux
c) Resists the buildup of magnetic flux
d) Increases the buildup of magnetic flux

Answer: c
Explanation: Reluctance, as the name suggests, is something which is reluctant or hesitant to do. As
per the magnetic terms it resists the building up of magnetic flux in the materials.

10. High Reluctance affects the performance of magnetic materials.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: High reluctance means the materials resist in building up the magnetic flux to a higher
extent. So, for the proper functioning the reluctance values should be as low as possible.

11. What is the unit of reluctance in magnetic materials?

a) Henry/m
b) Weber/m
c) Ampere-turns/Weber
d) Ampere-turns/m

Answer: c
Explanation: Henry/m deals with the unit of permeability. Weber/m deals with the unit of magnetic
field. Reluctance is the opposite of permeance.

12. How many classifications of magnetic materials are present?

a) 3
b) 4

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 249

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) 5
d) 6

Answer: c
Explanation: There are basically 4 properties in magnetic materials and 5 classifications. They are
diamagnetic, paramagnetic, ferromagnetic, antiferromagnetic, ferrimagnetic.

13. What is the property of ferromagnetic materials?

a) Negative magnetization
b) Magnetization slightly less than 1
c) Magnetization slightly greater than 1
d) Magnetization very much higher than 1

Answer: d
Explanation: Negative magnetization denotes the property of Diamagnetic materials.
Magnetization slightly greater than 1 denotes the property of Paramagnetic materials.
Ferromagnetic materials have magnetization in the range of 1000+.

14. What is the example of diamagnetic materials?

a) Quartz
b) Pyrite
c) Montmorillonite
d) Biotite

Answer: a
Explanation: The other 3 materials are paramagnetic in nature, which means magnetization is
slightly above 1. Quartz is a diamagnetic material in which the magnetization is negative.

15. What is the example of ferromagnetic materials is?

a) Magnetite
b) Hematite
c) Nickel
d) Biotite

Answer: a
Explanation: Hematite denotes the example of antiferromagnetic materials. Nickel denotes
an example of ferromagnetic materials. Biotite denotes the example of paramagnetic
materials.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 250

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Insulating Materials

1. What is the property of insulating materials?
a) Prevents the unwanted flow of current
b) Allows the unwanted flow of current
c) Increases the unwanted flow of current
d) Decreases the unwanted flow of current

Answer: a
Explanation: Conductors, allow the flow of current through the material. Insulators are the opposite
of conductors. The material doesn’t allow the flow of current through them.

2. In the Transmission and Distribution sector, where should the insulators be placed?
a) Between towers and poles
b) Between towers and ground
c) Between towers and conductors
d) Between conductors and ground

Answer: c
Explanation: The insulators are used to block the flow of unwanted current. In power system,
already the tower and the conductors are grounded. Thus the insulators are connected between
towers and conductors.

3. What is the main cause for the failure of overhead line insulators?
a) Surges
b) Flashover
c) Arching
d) Grounding
Answer: b
Explanation: In overhead lines, there occurs a flow of abnormal over voltages. This abnormal over
voltage causes flashover. This flashover causes damage to overhead line insulators.

4. What happens when some serious phenomenon occurs in the insulators?

a) Puncher is produced in the insulator body
b) Insulator body bulges
c) Insulator body bursts
d) Insulator body tears apart

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 251

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: The serious phenomenon is the abnormal over voltage, produced in the insulators.
Due to that, flashover occurs in the insulators. This causes puncher of the insulator body.

5. Insulation Resistance should be high in insulators.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Insulation Resistance is very important in the performance of insulating materials. If
the insulation resistance becomes low, high flow of current occurs and can damage the material.

6. How should the properties of strength and dielectric strength in insulating materials?
a) High strength, low Dielectric strength
b) Low strength, low Dielectric strength
c) High strength, high Dielectric strength
d) Low strength, high Dielectric strength

Answer: c
Explanation: The insulator should have high strength in order to prevent the insulating materials.
The insulator should have high dielectric strength, in order to hold the electric field without
breaking down.

7. What is property of porosity and temperature change in insulating materials?

a) Less, less affected
b) Less, highly affected
c) High, highly affected
d) High, less affected
Answer: a
Explanation: The insulating materials should have less porosity as it should not lose the internal
properties due to holes. The material should also be less affected by temperature change in order
to preserve its properties.

8. What is the dielectric strength of porcelain insulators?

a) 60 kV/cm
b) 140 kV/cm
c) 50 kV/cm

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 252

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) 40 kV/cm

Answer: a
Explanation: Porcelain has a dielectric strength of 60kV/cm. 140 kV/cm denotes the dielectric
strength of glass insulator.

9. What is the dielectric strength, coefficient of thermal expansion of glass with respect to porcelain
insulators?
a) High, high
b) High, low
c) Low, low
d) Low, high

Answer: b
Explanation: Glass has a higher dielectric strength (140 kV/cm) when compared to porcelain
(60 kV/cm) and glass has a lower coefficient of thermal expansion when compared to porcelain.

10. Glass has lower tensile strength compared to porcelain insulators.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Glass insulators have all properties better than that of porcelain. Glass has high
dielectric strength, low coefficient of thermal expansion and then High tensile strength than that of
porcelain.

11. What is the other name of Polymer Insulator?

a) Moisture insulator
b) Core insulator
c) Composite insulator
d) Mixed insulator

Answer: c
Explanation: It is also known as composite insulator. It is known as composite insulator because it
consists of both core and the weather sheds in them.

12. How many classifications of overhead line insulators are there?

a) 3

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 253

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 4
c) 5
d) 6

Answer: a
Explanation: There are basically 3 types of overhead line insulators. They are Pin type, Suspension
type and Stray Insulator type.

13. How many types of electrical insulators are present on the basis of voltage application?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: a
Explanation: There are two types of insulators based on voltage application. They are Stay
Insulators and Shackle Insulators.

14. How many discs are used in suspension insulators for 220kV?
a) 3
b) 4
c) 8
d) 14

Answer: d
Explanation: 3 discs are used when voltage is 33kV. 4 discs are used when voltage is 66kV. 8 discs
are used when voltage application is 132kV.

15. What is the other name of the shackle insulator?

a) String
b) Hanging
c) Spool
d) Post

Answer: c
Explanation: String is the other name of strain insulators, whereas, hanging is the other name of
suspension insulators. Post insulator is otherwise Pin insulators.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 254

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Design of Electrical Machines Questions and Answers – Temperature Rise and Insulating Materials
1. How many number of insulation classes are present with respect to electrical equipment?
a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 8

Answer: c
Explanation: There are 7 classes of insulation with respect to electrical equipment. They are Class Y,
Class A, Class E, Class B, Class F, Class H, Class C.

2. How many classes have their temperatures above 100°C?

a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 8

Answer: b
Explanation: There are 7 insulation classes present in relation with temperature. Of the 7 classes,
there are 6 classes whose temperatures are greater than 100°C. Class Y is the only class having
temperature less than 100.

3. How many classes have their temperatures above 150°C?

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Answer: b
Explanation: Of 7 classes of insulation, there are 3 classes whose temperatures are above 150°C.
They are classes F, H, C of insulation.

4. Which class has the lowest and the highest temperature?

a) Class Y, Class C
b) Class Y, Class H
c) Class H, Class C
d) Class B, Class H

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 255

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Class Y belongs to the lowest insulation class of having temperature of about 90°C.
Class C is the highest insulation class of having temperature above 180°C.

5. Class A has higher temperature than Class E.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Explanation: Class E has a higher temperature than that of Class A. The temperature of Class A is
105°C and the temperature of Class E is 120°C.

6. What is the temperature of Class B?

a) 120°C
b) 130°C
c) 155°C
d) 180°C

Answer: b
Explanation: 120°C refers to the temperature of Class E. 155°C refers to the temperature of
Class F. 180°C refers to the temperature of Class H.

7. Which among the following is the example of Class Y?

a) Varnish
b) Insulation oil
c) Paper
d) Resins

Answer: c
Explanation: Varnish is an example of Class A. Even insulation oil is an example of Class A. Resins is
an example of Class E.

8. Which among the following is the example of Class B?

a) Inorganic material with adhesives
b) Hard fiber
c) Wood
d) Impregnated oil

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 256

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: a
Explanation: Impregnated oil is the example of Class H. Hard Fiber is the example of Class Y and
Wood is the example of Class A.

9. Which among the following is an example of Class F?

a) Paper lamination
b) Nitrile rubber
c) Asbestos
d) Silicone

Answer: d
Explanation: Paper lamination is the example of Class E. Nitrile Rubber is the example of Class A.
Asbestos is the example of Class B.

10. Silicone rubber is an example of Class H.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Explanation: Class H is one of the insulation classes having temperature about 180°C. Silicone
rubber is one of the examples of Class H.

Current Transformers Construction

1. How many types are the current transformers classified into?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5

Answer: A
Clarification: The current transformers are classified into 2 types. They are wound type and bar
type.

2. What is the wound type current transformer?

A. primary winding having one full turn wound on core
B. primary winding having more than one full turn wound on core

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 257

 Transformer Questions & Answers

C. secondary winding having one full turn wound on core

D. secondary winding having more than one full turn wound on core

Answer: B
Clarification: The wound type current transformer is one of the classifications of the current
transformers. The primary winding has more than one full turn wound on core.

3. What is the bar type current transformer?

A. primary winding consists of a rod of suitable size and material
B. primary winding consists of a bar of suitable size and material
C. secondary winding consists of a rod of suitable size and material
D. secondary winding consists of a bar of suitable size and material

Answer: B
Clarification: The bar type current transformer is one of the classifications of the current
transformers. In bar type winding, primary winding consists of a bar of suitable size and material.

4. How many commonly used shapes of current transformer are present?

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

Answer: C
Clarification: The current transformers consist of 3 commonly used shapes. They are stadium,
circular, rectangular orifices.

5. What material is made use of for the lamination in the current transformer?
A. cold rolled steels
B.
C.
D. hot iron
Answer: B
Clarification: The current transformer consists of stacks of laminations. The lamination used in the
current transformer is hot rolled steel.

6. What is the insulation material used in the current transformer?

A. elephantide

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 258

 Transformer Questions & Answers

B. presspahn
C. elephantide and presspahn
D. elephantide or presspahn

Answer: D
Clarification: The insulation in current transformer is by means of end collars and circumferential
wraps. The insulation material used in elephantide or presspahn.

7. What is the additional usage of the presspahn material used as insulation material?
A. lamination
B. to reduce the losses
C. to protect secondary winding conductor from mechanical damage
D. to protect secondary winding conductor from electrical damage

Answer: C
Clarification: The presspahn is used as insulating material in the current transformer. In addition to
that the presspahn is also used to protect the secondary winding conductor from mechanical
damage.

8. What is the other name of the ring type current transformer?

A. brush transformer
B. cloud transformer
C. circular transformer
D. bushing transformer

Answer: D
Clarification: The ring type current transformer is one type of

9. How many faces are present in the split core current transformer?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5

Answer: A
Clarification: The split core transformer consists of a split core. The split half consists of 2 finely
grounded or lapped gap faces.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 259

 Transformer Questions & Answers

10. The current transformers are assembled on to the secondary conductors “on site” for either
permanent or temporary duty.
A. true
B. false

Answer: B
Clarification: The current transformers are assembled on to the primary conductors. They are
assembled “on site” for the permanent or temporary duty.

11. What is the insulation material on the primary conductor?

A. bakelized paper tube
B. resin
C. bakelized paper tube and resin
D. bakelized paper tube or resin

Answer: D
Clarification: The insulation material on the primary conductors is generally made up of the
bakelized paper tube. It can also be made use of resin directly moulded on the bar.

12. How is the reluctance of the interleaved corner related with the magnetizing current?
A. reluctance of the interleaved corner is directly proportional to the magnetizing current
B. reluctance of the interleaved corner is indirectly proportional to the magnetizing current
C. reluctance of the interleaved corner is directly proportional to the square of the magnetizing
current

Answer: A
Clarification: The reluctance of the interleaved corner is directly proportional to the magnetizing
current. As the reluctance is being reduced it in turn reduces the magnetizing current.

13. To reduce the peak voltage between layers, the secondary winding is being sectionalized.
A. true
B. false
Answer: A
Clarification: The large number of secondary turns requiring more than 1 winding layer, the
secondary winding is sectionalized. This is because to reduce the peak voltage between layers.

1. Transformation ratio of an instrument is defined as ___________

a) ratio of primary to secondary phasor

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 260

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) ratio of secondary to primary phasor

c) reciprocal of the primary phasor
d) reciprocal of the secondary phasor

Answer: a
Clarification: For an instrument transformer, the transformation ratio is defined as the ratio of the
magnitude of the actual primary phasor to the magnitude of the secondary phasor.

2. For a C.T. the transformation ratio is given by which of the following relation?
a) R = (frac{I_s}{I_p})
b) R = (frac{I_p}{I_s})
c) R = (frac{1}{I_p})
d) R = I

Answer: b
Clarification: In a current transformer, the transformation ratio is given by the ratio of the
magnitude of the actual primary current to the magnitude of the actual secondary current.
R = (frac{I-p} {I-s})
I is the actual primary winding current
I is the actual secondary winding current.

3. For a P.T. the transformation ratio is given by which of the following relation?
a) R = (frac{V_s}{V_p})
b) R = (frac{1}{V_s})
c) R = (frac{V_p}{V_s})
d) R = V

Answer: c
Clarification: In a potential transformer, the transformation ratio is given by the ratio of the
magnitude of the actual primary current to the magnitude of the actual secondary current.
R = (frac{V_p}{V_s})
where, R is the transformation ratio
V is the actual primary winding voltage
V is the actual secondary winding voltage.

4. Nominal ratio of an instrument transformer is defined as the __________

a) reciprocal of the rated primary value
b) ratio of rated secondary value to primary value

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 261

 Transformer Questions & Answers

c) reciprocal of the rated secondary value

d) ratio of rated primary value to secondary value

Answer: d
Clarification: In an instrument transformer, nominal ratio is defined as the ratio of the rated
primary current or voltage to

5. For a C.T. the nominal ratio is given by which of the following relation?
a) K = (frac{I_{p(rated)}}{I_{s(rated)}})
b) K = (frac{I_{s(rated)}}{I_{p(rated)}})
c) K = (frac{1}{I_{s(rated)}})
d) K = I

Answer: a
Clarification: In a current transformer, the transformation ratio is given by the ratio of the
magnitude of the actual primary current to the magnitude of the actual secondary current.
K = (frac{I_{p(rated)}}{I_{s(rated)}})
where, R is the transformation ratio
I is the rated primary winding current
I is the rated secondary winding current.

6. For a P.T. the nominal ratio is given by which of the following relation?
a) K = (frac{V_{s(rated)}}{V_{p(rated)}})
b) K = (frac{V_{p(rated)}}{V_{s(rated)}})
c) K = (frac{1}{V_{s(rated)}})
d) K = V

Answer: b
Clarification: In a potential transformer, the transformation ratio is given by the ratio of the
magnitude of the actual primary voltage to the magnitude of the actual secondary voltage.
where, R is the transformation ratio
V is the rated primary winding voltage
V is the rated secondary winding voltage.

7. Ratio correction factor is defined as _________

a) reciprocal of nominal ratio
b) ratio of nominal ratio to transformation ratio
c) ratio of transformation ratio to nominal ratio

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 262

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) reciprocal of transformation ratio

Answer: c
Clarification: The ratio correction factor for an instrument transformer is defined as the ratio of the
transformation ratio to the nominal ratio.
R.C.F = ⁄
where,
R.C.F is the ratio correction factor
R is the transformation ratio
K is the nominal ratio.

8. For a C.T. the turns ratio is defined as the _________

a) n = ⁄
b) n = ⁄
c) n = N
d) n = ⁄
Answer: d
Clarification: For a current transformer, the turns ratio is defined as the ratio of the number of turns
in the secondary winding to the number of turns in the primary winding.
n=⁄
where, n is the turns ratio
N is the secondary turns
N is the primary turns.

9. For a P.T. the turns ratio is defined as the _________

a) n = ⁄
b) n = ⁄
c) n = N
d) n = ⁄

Answer: a
Clarification: For a potential transformer, the turns ratio is
defined as the ratio of the number of turns in the primary
winding to the number of turns in the secondary winding.
n=⁄
where, n is the turns ratio
N is the primary turns
N is the secondary turns.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 263

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Design Features of Current Transformers

1. The secondary leakage reactance of a C.T. ____________
a) increases its ratio error
b) decreases its ratio error
c) has no effect on its ratio error
d) increases the impedance of the circuit

Answer: a
Clarification: The windings in a current transformer must be kept close so that the secondary
leakage reactance is minimum. Secondary leakage reactance of a C.T. thus increases its ratio error.

2. Secondary and primary windings consist of ________

a) copper turns
b) 14 S.W.G copper wire and copper strip respectively
c) iron coils wound around
d) laminations

Answer: b
Clarification: For a current transformer the most popular form used is the bar primary and ring core
construction. Hence 14 S.W.G copper wire is used for the secondary winding whereas a copper strip
is used for the primary winding.

3. Coils of a C.T. are separately wound.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Clarification: A C.T. is used for the measurement of high magnitudes of current. In order to get
lower line voltages, the coils of a C.T. are wound separately and insulated through tapes and
varnish.

4. The windings of a C.T. are ________

a) tied together
b) shorted
c) wound over one another
d) grounded

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 264

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: c
Clarification: Using cylinders made of Bakelite, the windings of a C.T. are wound over one another.
This setup is mounted on a steel tank sheet filled with transformer oil.

5. At high voltages, the current transformers are enclosed in a tank.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Clarification: The current transformers are enclosed in a tank at high voltages of the order of more
than 7 kV. The tank consists of a solid insulating compound. Since the cooling is poor, the
compound introduces difficulty.

6. Turns compensation is used to obtain ________

a) to compensate the turns
b) to equalize the turns on the windings
c) to protect the equipment
d) transformation ratio equal to nominal ratio

Answer: d
Clarification: In a C.T., the transformation ratio is given by
R=n+⁄
where, n is the turns ratio
I is the core loss component of the excitation current
I is the secondary winding current
Turns compensation is used to obtain the transformation ratio (R) equal to the nominal ratio (K ).

7. What is the effect of reducing the secondary turns in a C.T. by 1%?

a) transformation ratio reduces by the same value
b) no effect
c) nominal ratio increase by the same value
d) secondary current increases by the same value
Answer: a
Clarification: In a C.T., the transformation ratio is given by
R=n+⁄
where, n is the turns ratio
I is the core loss component of the excitation current
I is the secondary winding current

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 265

 Transformer Questions & Answers

As the number of secondary turns is reduced by a factor of 1%, the transformation ratio (R) is
reduced by approxim

8. In a 1000/5 A C.T., the number of secondary turns would be ________

a) 200
b) 199 or 198
c) 5
d) 1000

Answer: b
Clarification: The optimum number of secondary turns in a C.T. is the value that makes the
transformation ratio (R) and nominal ratio (K ) equal. It is usually one or two turns less than the
actual value. Thus in a 1000/5 A, though the number of turns would be 200 ideally, it is considered
as 198 or 199 in order to keep R and K equal.

9. In the ring type of core, the secondary winding is ________

a) non-uniformly distributed over the core
b) shorted with the primary winding
c) uniformly distributed over the core
d) connected in the form of a ring

Answer: c
Clarification: The ring type of core used for a secondary winding is a jointless core. It has a very
small leakage reactance. Hence in a ring type of core, the secondary winding is uniformly
distributed over the core.

10. In a shell type of core, the windings are ________

a) in the form of the shell
b) shorted with the primary windings
c) not wound
d) placed on the central limb

Answer: d
Clarification: The windings in a shell type of core are placed in a central limb. It provides protection
to the windings.

11. Mumetal has ________

a) low permeability, high loss

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 266

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) high permeability, medium loss

c) medium permeability, high loss
d) high permeability, low loss

Answer: c
Clarification: Mumetal is an alloy of nickel, iron and copper. It has a high permeability, low loss and
small retentivity. It has a maximum permeability of 90,000 at a flux density of 0.35 W/m .

12. Perminder has __________

a) medium saturation point of permeability
b) low saturation point of permeability
c) no saturation point of permeability
d) high saturation point of permeability

Answer: d
Clarification: Perminder is an alloy of iron, cobalt and vanadium. It has a high flux density of the
order of 2.4Wb/m . It is very expensive.

Multiple Choice Questions on “Instrument Transformers”

1. What is the current transformer?
a) transformer used with an A.C. ammeter
b) transformer used with an D.C. ammeter
c) transformer used with an A.C. voltmeter
d) transformer used with an D.C. voltmeter

Answer: a
Clarification: A transformer used to extend the range of an A.C. ammeter is known as a current
transformer. A current transformer is also abbreviated as C.T.

2. What is the potential transformer?

a) transformer used with an D.C. ammeter
b) transformer used with an A.C. voltmeter
c) transformer used with an D.C. ammeter
d) transformer used with an A.C. voltmeter

Answer: b
Clarification: A transformer used to extend the range of an A.C. voltmeter is known as a potential
transformer. A potential transformer is also abbreviated as P.T.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 267

 Transformer Questions & Answers

3. C.T. and P.T. are used for _________

a) measuring low current and voltages
b) measuring very low current and voltages
c) measuring high currentsand voltages
d) measuring intermediate currents and voltages

Answer: c
Clarification: C.T. is basically used for the measurement of high currents. A P.T. is usually used for
the measurement of high voltages. They are used with A.C. ammeters and voltmeters in order to
extend their range.

4. The primary winding of a C.T. has _________

a) a larger number of turns
b) no turns at all
c) intermediate number of turns
d) a few turns

Answer: d
Clarification: The primary winding of a C.T. has a very few number of turns. It is connected in series
with the load circuit through which the primary current flows.

5. The secondary winding of a C.T. has _________

a) a large number of turns
b) a few turns
c) no turns at all
d) intermediate number of turns

Answer: a
Clarification: Secondary winding of a C.T. has a large number of turns. It is connected in series to
an ammeter through which a small portion of the current flows through.

6. Turns ration for a C.T. is _________

a) n = ⁄
b) n = ⁄
c) n = ⁄
d) n = N

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 268

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer: b
Clarification: The turns ratio for a C.T. is defined as the ratio of the number of turns in the
secondary to the number of turns in the primary. It is given by the relation
n=⁄

7. The primary winding of a P.T. has _________

a) intermediate number of turns
b) no turns at all
c) a larger number of turns
d) a few turns

Answer: c
Clarification: The primary winding of a P.T. has a very large number of turns. It is connected in
parallel with the load whose voltage is to be measured.

8. The secondary winding of a P.T. has _________

a) a large number of turns
b) intermediate number of turns
c) no turns at all
d) a few turns

Answer: d
Clarification: Secondary winding of a P.T. has a few number of turns. A low range voltmeter is
connected in parallel with the secondary winding.

9. Turns ration for a C.T. is _________

a) n = ⁄
b) n = ⁄
c) n = ⁄
d) n = N

Answer: a
Clarification: The turns ratio for a P.T. is defined as the ratio of the number of turns in the primary
to the number of turns in the secondary. It is given by the relation n = ⁄ .

Advantages of Instrument Transformers

1. Instrument transformers can be easily replaced.
a) True

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 269

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) False

Answer: a
Clarification: The secondary windings of C.T. and P.T. are standardized. As a result, instruments can
be standardized with the ratings of C.T. and P.T. Hence the instrument transformers can be
replaced with ease.

2. Instrument transformers provide _________

a) electrical isolation from low rated winding
b) electrical isolation from high rated winding
c) electrical isolation from medium rated winding
d) no electrical isolation at all

Answer: b
Clarification: In an instrument transformer, the low rated secondary windings provide electrical
isolation from the high rated primary windings.

3. Instrument transformers give same readings irrespective of number of other instruments

connected.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Clarification: When instruments are used with instrument transformers, they provide consistent
readings. It does not vary with the instrument constants and the number of instruments connected
in the circuit.

4. C.T. and P.T. are standardized at _________

a) 50 A and 220 V
b) 25 mA and 2.2 kV
c) 5 A and 110 V
d) 75 nA and 1.1 MV
Answer: c
Clarification: Current transformers are standardized at 5 A of secondary winding current, whereas
Potential transformers are standardized at 110 V of secondary winding voltage.

5. A 5A ammeter can measure a current of upto 1000 A using a _________

a) 5/1000A C.T.

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 270

 Transformer Questions & Answers

b) 1000A C.T.
c) 5A C.T.
d) 1000/5A C.T.

Answer: d
Clarification: A 1000/5A current transformer can be used for measuring a current of upto 1000A by
making use of an ammeter with 5A current reading.

6. A 110V voltmeter can measure a voltage of upto 110kV using a _________

a) 110000/110V P.T.
b) 110000V P.T.
c) 110V P.T.
d) 110/110000V P.T.

Answer: a
Clarification: An 110000/110V potential transformer can be used for measuring a voltage of upto
110000V by making use of a voltmeter with 110V voltage reading.

7. How can the meter circuit be isolated from the power circuit?
a) by grounding
b) through electrical isolation
c) by physical separation
d) through mechanical isolation

Answer: b
Clarification: Leads of the secondary winding transformer are brought to the switch board thus
separating them from high voltage windings. In this way, the meter circuit is isolated from the high
voltage power circuit.

8. How are instrument transformers different from shunts and multipliers?

a) they are all the same
b) they have transformers
c) readings are independent of component values
d) they can be used for high voltages and currents

Answer: c

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 271

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Clarification: Instrument transformers can be used for extending the range of the A.C. instruments.
In instrument transformers, readings are independent of the values of R, L, and C. But in the case of
shunts and multipliers, the readings depend on the values of circuit constants.

Reduction of Errors in Potential Transformers

1. Winding resistance of a P.T. can be reduced by _________
a) using thick conductors
b) decreasing the length of the winding
c) shorting the primary and secondary windings
d) using thin conductors

Answer: a
Clarification: In a potential transformer, the winding resistance is usually minimized by using thick
conductors and by making use of small length for the turns.

2. Leakage reactance is minimized by _________

a) using thin conductors
b) reducing leakage flux
c) increasing flux density
d) shorting the windings

Answer: b
Clarification: By maintaining the primary and secondary windings together in a P.T. and also by
reducing the leakage flux, we can minimize the leakage reactance.

3. High flux density is due to less turns.

a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Clarification: In a P.T., a high flux density in the core, gives rise to a less number of turns. This in
turn results in a lower leakage reactance.

4. Ratio error in a P.T. depends on _________

a) secondary current
b) primary voltage
c) secondary current

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 272

 Transformer Questions & Answers

d) turns ratio

Answer: c
Clarification: In a P.T., the difference between actual ratio and turns ratio is given by the relation,

where, R is the ratio error

n is the turns ratio
I is the secondary winding current
I is the iron loss component
I is the magnetizing component
It is seen from the above equation that the ratio error in a P.T. depends on the secondary current,
magnetizing and iron loss components of current.

5. In a P.T. values of components of currents are negligible.

a) True
b) False

Answer: b
Clarification: In a C.T. the various components of current such as magnetizing current, iron loss
component of current are almost comparable in magnitude with the value of the load current.

6. Ratio error can be minimized by _________

a) reducing the turns
b) reducing the current
c) increasing the voltage
d) using a good core material

Answer: d
Clarification: By making use of a good quality core material, low value of flux density and following
required precautions in the core assembly we can minimize the value of the ratio error.

7. Another method of eliminating the ratio error is _________

a) by reducing secondary turns
b) by increasing the primary turns
c) by increasing secondary turns
d) by reducing the primary turns

Answer: a

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 273

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Clarification: In a P.T., at no load, we get

where, R is the ratio error

n is the turns ratio
I is the secondary winding current
I is the iron loss component
I is the magnetizing component
From the above equation it is seen that to reduce the ratio error, actual ratio and nominal ratio
must be made equal. This can be done by reducing the secondary turns.

8. How is the voltage ratio dependent on the frequency?

a) they are independent of each other
b) they aid each other
c) they oppose each other
d) depends on the setup of the circuit

Answer: c
Clarification: As the voltage ratio changes, the frequency also changes. It depends on the relative
value of the core loss component Io as well as the leakage reactance. The effects due to the voltage
ratio and the change in frequency oppose each other.

Errors in Current Transformers

1. Errors are introduced in Current Transformers.
a) True
b) False

Answer: a
Clarification: A current transformer is used for the measurement of very high currents. The use of a
C.T. leads to the introduction of two errors in power measurement.

2. Ratio error is defined as ___________

a) Ratio error = ⁄
b) Ratio error = ⁄
c) Ratio error = K – R
d) Ratio error = ⁄

Answer: b

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 274

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Clarification: Ratio error of a C.T. is defined as the ratio of the magnitude of the difference between
the nominal and actual ratio with respect to the actual ratio.

3. Phase angle in a C.T. is defined as ____________

a) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m cosδ
}{nI_s}]) degrees
b) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_c sinδ
}{nI_s}]) degrees
c) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m cosδ– I_c sinδ
}{nI_s}]) degrees
d) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m sinδ– I_c cosδ
}{nI_s}]) degrees

Answer: c
Clarification: During power measurement, there exists phase angle error in a C.T. The phase angle
is defined as Phase angle = (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m cosδ– I_c sinδ
}{nI_s}]) degrees. where. I is the
magnetizing component of the excitation current
I is the core loss component of the excitation current
I is the secondary winding current.

4. Phase angle error is given by ____________

a) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{1}{nI_s}]) degrees
b) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m}{I_s}]) degrees
c) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m}{n}])degrees
d) (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m}{nI_s}]) degrees

Answer: d
Clarification: The power measurement in a C.T. leads to phase angle error. Phase angle error is
given by the relation θ= (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m}{nI_s}]) degrees
where, θis the phase angle error
I is the magnetising component of the excitation current
I is the secondary winding current.

5. Ratio error is due to _________

a) iron loss
b) C.T.
c) magnetizing component
d) supply voltage

Answer: a
Clarification: We know that the ratio error in a C.T. is given by the relation

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 275

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Ratio error = ⁄ = n + ⁄
where, I is the iron loss component of the excitation current
n is the turns ratio.

6. Phase angle error is due to _________

a) C.T.
b) magnetizing component
c) iron loss
d) supply voltage

Answer: b
Clarification: We know that the phase angle error in a C.T. is given by the relation
θ= (frac{180}{π
} [frac{I_m}{nI_s}]) degrees
where, θis the phase angle error
I is the magnetizing component of the excitation current
I is the secondary winding current
It is observed from the equation for the phase angle error that it depends on the magnetizing
component of the excitation current.

7. In power measurements 180° phase shift is required.

a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Clarification: For eliminating errors in power measurement, there must be a phase difference of
180° between the primary and the secondary currents.

8. Errors in a C.T. can be minimized by _________

a) making use of laminations
b) having low reactance
c) increasing the secondary winding turns
d) decreasing the primary winding turns

Answer: b
Clarification: The excitation current Io can be minimized thus eliminating the errors in a C.T. by
minimizing the iron loss. The core must have a low iron loss and a minimum value of leakage
reactance.
1. Transformer cores are laminated in order to.......
A. Minimize eddy current loss

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 276

 Transformer Questions & Answers

B. Reduce cost
C. Simplify its construction
D. Reduce hysteresis loss

Answer:

2. A step-up transformer increases........

A. Voltage
B. Current
C. Power
D. Frequency

Answer:

3. A transformer transform........
A. Voltage
B. Current
C. Frequency
D. Voltage and current

Answer:

4. A transformer has negative voltage regulation when its load power factor is........
A. Zero
B. Unity
C. Leading
D. Lagging

Answer:

5. The main purpose of performing open-circuit test on a transformer is to measure its........

A. Cu loss
A. Core loss
C. Total loss
D. Insulation resistance

Answer:

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 277

 Transformer Questions & Answers

6. No-load test on a transformer is carried out to determine.......

A. Magnetizing current
B. Copper loss
C. Magnetizing current and no-load loss
D. Efficiency of the transformer

Answer:

7. Transformers are rated in KVA instead of KW because........

A. Load power factor is often not known
B. KVA is fixed whereas KW depends on load power factor
C. Total transformer loss depends on volt-ampere
D. It has become customary

Answer:

8. A relatively light loads, transformer efficiency is low because........

A. Second output is low
B. Transformer losses are high
C. Fixed loss is high in proportion to the output
D. Cu loss is small

Answer:

9. Which of the following is not a basic element of transformer?........

A. Core
B. Primary Winding
C. Secondary Winding
D. Mutual Flux

Answer:

10. The all-day efficiency of a transformer depends primirily on........

A. Its copper loss
A. The amount of load
C. The duration of load
D. Both (b) and (c)

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 278

 Transformer Questions & Answers

Answer:

11. A transformer core is laminated to.......

A. Reduce hysteresis loss
B. Reduce eddy current loss
C. Reduce copper loss
D. Reduce all above losses

Answer:

12. The no-load current drawn by transformer is usually........

A. 0.2% to 0.5%
B. 2% to 5%
C. 12% to 15%
D. 20% to 30%

Answer:

13. No-load on a transformer is carried out to determine........

A. Copper loss
B. Magnetizing current
C. Magnetizing current and loss
D. Efficiency of the transformer

Answer:

14. Sumpner's test is conducted on transformers to determine........

A. Temperature
B. Stray loss
C. All-day efficiency
D. All of the above

Answer:

15. No-load current in a transformer........

A. Lags behind the voltage by about 75°
A. Lags behind the voltage by about 15°
C. Leads the voltage by about 75°

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 279

 Transformer Questions & Answers

D. Leads the voltage by about 15°

Answer:

16. Spacers are provided between adjacent coils.......

A. To provide free passage to the cooling oil
B. To insulate the coils from each other
C. Both (a) and (b)
D. None of the above

Answer: A

17. Efficiency of a power transformer is of the order of........

A. 100%
B. 98%
C. 50%
D. 25%

Answer:

18. Power transformers are designed to have maximum efficiency at........

A. Nearly full load
B. 70% full load
C. 50% full load
D. no-load

Answer:

19. Transformer breaths in when........

A. Load on it increases
B. Load on it decreases
C. Load remain constant
D. None of the above

Answer:

20. The power transformer is a constant........

A. Voltage device

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 280

 Transformer Questions & Answers

A. Current device
C. Power device
D. Main flux device

Answer:

21. The transformer ratings are usually expressed in.......

A. Volts
B. Amperes
C. kW
D. kVA

Answer:

22. Which of the following does not change in an ordinary transformer........

A. Frequency
B. Voltage
C. Current
D. Any of the above

Answer:

23. Star/star transformers work satisfactorily when........

A. Load is unbalanced only
B. Load is balanced only
C. On balanced as well as unbalanced loads
D. None of the above

Answer:

24. Delta/star transformer works satisfactorily when........

A. Load is balanced only
B. Load is unbalanced only
C. On balanced as well as unbalanced loads
D. None of the above

Answer:

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 281

 Transformer Questions & Answers

25. Harmonics in transformer result in........

A. Increased core losses
A. Increased I2R losses
C. Magnetic interference with communication circuits
D. All of the above

Answer:

Kyaw Cho Htoo Page 282